Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 321

Т. Ю. Дроздова, Н. В.

Тоткало

Everyday
V O C A B U L A RY
+ Grammar
FOR INTERMEDIATE STUDENTS

WITH A SEPARATE KEY VOLUME

Санкт-Петербург
ББК 81.2Англ
Д75

По вопросам приобретения продукции издательства обращайтесь:


ООО «Антология»:
тел.: (812) 328-14-41
www. anthologybooks.ru
e-mail: sales@bookstreet.ru

Огромный выбор учебной и методической литературы


в интернет-магазине
www.bookstreet.ru

Дроздова Т. Ю., Тоткало Н. В.


Д75 Everyday Vocabulary + Grammar : For Intermediate Students : учебное пособие. – СПб. :
Антология, 2010. – 320 с.
ISBN 978-5-94962-187-5
Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” предназначено для углублённого
изучения слов и выражений по 10 темам повседневного общения (уровень intermediate).
Отличительной особенностью издания является «параллельное» изучение лексики и
грамматических конструкций, наиболее часто употребляемых в разговоре на заданную тему.
К основному учебнику, который одновременно служит рабочей тетрадью, прилагается
МР3 диск с озвученным лексическим материалом, текстами и диалогами.
Отдельной книгой изданы ответы-ключи к упражнениям настоящего пособия, что позво-
ляет его использовать для самостоятельной работы.
Современное оформление, визуальные «опоры», озвученный материал способствуют по-
вышению эффективности работы с пособием.
ББК 81.2Англ

© Дроздова Т. Ю., Тоткало Н. В., 2011


ISBN 978-5-94962-187-5 © ООО «Антология», 2011
ОТ АВТОРОВ

Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” предназначено для углублённого


изучения лексики английского языка по основным темам, связанным с повседневной жизнью
человека.
Пособие содержит 10 тематических разделов: Family and Relations, People, A Place to
Live, Daily Routine, The World of Work, Food and Meals, Shopping, Health and Illness, On the Move,
On Holiday.
Несомненным преимуществом данной работы является психологически обоснованный
подход к изучению лексики. Объём словарных блоков, предлагаемых по ходу развития
каждой новой темы, учитывает особенности работы памяти. Для лучшего запоминания слов
и усвоения материала созданы специальные зрительные и слуховые «опоры», активно
задействована механическая память.
В учебнике более 400 различных упражнений, часть из них имеет звуковое сопро-
вождение, на прилагаемом MP3 диске. Озвученный лексический материал, тексты и
диалоги не только способствуют лучшему запоминанию, но и помогают выработать
правильное произношение без обращения к словарю и транскрипции.
Отличительной особенностью данной работы является то, что в пособии лексика и
грамматика соединены в единое целое. Они изучаются не как два раздельных аспекта
языка, а «параллельно», так же, как они существуют в языке.
Такой способ подачи материала ставит цель отойти от сложившейся практики изучения
языка, когда искусственный разрыв между лексикой и грамматикой препятствует его
успешному освоению.
На базе изучаемого словаря, повторяются грамматические конструкции, наиболее
часто употребляемые в текстах и диалогах на определённую тему. Грамматические
комментарии расположены непосредственно там, где по условиям общения, требуется
использование данной конструкции. Упражнения строятся исключительно на лексике
данного раздела и естественным образом вплетаются в его тематику.
Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” может быть использовано для
обучения студентов гуманитарных вузов и старшеклассников школ и гимназий с углублённым
изучением английского языка, а также всех учащихся, планирующих сдавать ЕГЭ.
В нашем учебном пособии большое внимание уделяется сочетаемости слов, употреб-
лению предлогов и фразовых глаголов. Поскольку знание особенностей употребления

3
лексических единиц в речи является определённым показателем уровня владения языком,
этот аспект составляет основную часть ЕГЭ по иностранному языку.
Работа с текстами также ориентирована на требования ЕГЭ.
Ответы-ключи, изданные отдельной книгой, позволяют успешно использовать пособие
для самостоятельной работы.
Учебный материал издания основан непосредственно на реалиях современной жизни и
имеет не только познавательное, культурологическое, но и воспитательное значение.
Удобство расположения материала, визуальные «опоры», озвученный лексический
материал и современное оформление повышают эффективность работы с пособием и делают
его user-friendly.

Т. Ю. Дроздова
Н. В. Тоткало
Contents
Unit 1. FAMILY and RELATIONS ............................................................................................8
1.1 Types of Families ....................................................................................................9
1.2 Family Relationships ............................................................................................15
Grammar: The verb TO BE in the Present Simple Tense (p. 10). Possessive (’s) (p. 11). Possessive and
Absolute Pronouns (p. 11). The Present Simple Tense (p. 15). The verb TO BE in the Past Simple Tense (p. 21).
The Past Simple Tense (p. 21). Asking Questions in the Past Simple Tense (p. 26). The Verb TO HAVE
in the Present Simple Tense (p. 27)

Unit 2. PEOPLE ..............................................................................................................32


2.1 Appearance ........................................................................................................32
2.2 Character ............................................................................................................49
Grammar: HAVE SOMETHING DONE Construction (p. 39). The Comparison of Adjectives (pp. 40, 46).
The Modal Verb SHOULD (pp. 54, 61)

Unit 3. A PLACE TO LIVE ......................................................................................................64


3.1 Types of Dwellings and Premises ............................................................................65
3.2 Looking for a Place to Live ....................................................................................75
3.3 Rooms and Interiors ..............................................................................................80
3.4 Interior Design and Redecoration ..........................................................................87
3.5 The Housewarming Party ......................................................................................93
Grammar: Prepositions and Adverbs of Place (pp. 65, 81). THERE + BE construction (p. 67).
IT or THERE? (p. 74). Prepositions of Place and Direction (p. 84). The Word Order Adjective+ Noun (p. 86).
The Passive Voice (p. 90). Talking about Distance (p. 94)

Unit 4. DAILY ROUTINE ........................................................................................................95


4.1 Getting Ready for Work/School ..............................................................................95
4.2 The Working Day Starts ........................................................................................99
4.3 After School/Work ..............................................................................................101
4.4 On the Go ..........................................................................................................103
4.5 A Working Life Ends ............................................................................................109
4.6 At the Weekend ..................................................................................................111
Grammar: Expressing Obligation and Necessity (p. 97). The Past Continuous and the Past Simple Tense (p. 100).
The Present Continuous Tense (p. 105). The Present Simple and the Present Continuous Tense (p.106).
The Past Continuous Tense (p. 108). USED TO (p. 110). Fixed Phrases with the Verbs DO and MAKE (p. 113)

Unit 5. THE WORLD OF WORK ..........................................................................................114


5.1 What Is Your Job? What Do You Do? What Do You Do for a Living? ..........................114
5.2 Where Do They Work? ........................................................................................116
5.3 What Do You Do at Work? What Does Your Work Involve?
What are Your Main Duties and Responsibilities? ..................................................119
5.4 A Light Purse is a Heavy Curse ..............................................................................122
5.5 Looking for a Job ................................................................................................124
5.6 Job Opportunities ..............................................................................................135
5.7 Leaving the Service ............................................................................................137
Grammar: Use of Articles with the Nouns: SCHOOL/COLLEGE, HOSPITAL, WORK (p. 118).
Use of the Gerund (p. 125) . The Modal Verb CAN: Forms and Meanings (p. 133).
Conditional Sentences (Type I and II) (p. 136)

5
Unit 6. FOOD and MEALS ..................................................................................................140
6.1 Food ..................................................................................................................140
6.2 Ways of Cooking ................................................................................................152
6.3 Meals ................................................................................................................157
6.4 Going out for a Meal ............................................................................................163
Grammar: Countable and Uncountable Nouns (p. 143). Basic Uses of SOME and ANY (p. 144).
Use of Articles with Nouns of Material (p. 145). Quantifiers: MUCH /MANY, LITTLE /FEW, A LOT OF,
PLENTY OF (p. 149). Use of Articles with the Names of Meals: LUNCH, DINNER, TEA (p. 158).
Some Uses of SHALL and WILL (p. 170)

Unit 7. SHOPPING ............................................................................................................173


7.1 Shopping for Food ..............................................................................................174
7.2 Quantities and Package ......................................................................................187
7.3 Shopping Goes “Green” ......................................................................................189
7.4 Shopping for Goods ............................................................................................193
7.5 Dress Your Best ..................................................................................................199
7.6 The Changing Face of Shopping ..........................................................................211
Grammar: The Complex Subject Infinitive Construction (p. 180). The Present Perfect Tense (p. 183).
The Category of Number. Special Cases (p. 201). The Present Perfect Continuous Tense (p. 204)

Unit 8. HEALTH and ILLNESS ............................................................................................213


8.1 The Resource for Everyday Life ............................................................................213
8.2 Human Body ......................................................................................................214
8.3 How Are You Today? ............................................................................................215
8.4 Health Problems ................................................................................................218
8.5 Diagnosing and Treatment ..................................................................................224
8.6 At the Dentist’s ..................................................................................................238
Grammar: Use of the Gerund (p. 216). A/AN or ZERO Article with Reference to Illness (p. 219).
Expressing Certainty and Possibility (p. 223). Indirect Command and Request (p. 227). Indirect Speech.
Reported Statement (p. 231). Indirect Questions (p. 234). Reporting a Dialogue or a Conversation (p. 236)

Unit 9. ON THE MOVE ........................................................................................................241


9.1 Why Do People Travel? ........................................................................................241
9.2 Travelling by Train ................................................................................................251
9.3 Travelling by Air ..................................................................................................257
9.4 Travelling by Sea ................................................................................................265
9.5 Travelling by Bus ................................................................................................270
9.6 Travelling by Car ................................................................................................272
Grammar: Use of Article with Geographical Names (p. 245). Prepositions with Forms of Transport (p. 247).
Talking about the Future (p. 255). HAD BETTER (NOT) DO SOMETHING, HAVE TO, SHOULD (p. 259)

Unit 10. ON HOLIDAY ........................................................................................................275


10.1 Holiday Accommodation ......................................................................................276
10.2 Different Things at Different Time ........................................................................285
Grammar: The Present Continuous and the Present Perfect Continuous Tense (p. 284). The Use of the Gerund
after the Verbs COME and GO (p. 288). The Use of ’S and S’ with Non-Living Things (p. 288). Non-Defining Relative
Clauses (p. 296). Adverb or Adjective? (p. 296). Questions Tags (p. 298)

6
APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................299
Appendix 1 English-Russian Dictionary ....................................................................299
Appendix 2 British/American English ........................................................................302
Appendix 3 Spelling Differences Between British English and American English ..........304
Appendix 4 Some Useful Verbs ................................................................................306
Appendix 5 Expressions with the Verb TO BE ............................................................308
Appendix 6 Connectives and Transitional Phrases for Sentence Openings ..................309
Appendix 7 The Numeral ........................................................................................310
Appendix 8 The Old Units of Measurement ..............................................................312
Appendix 9 Dates ..................................................................................................314
Appendix 10 List of Irregular Verbs ............................................................................315

LITERATURE ......................................................................................................................319
1 FAMILY and RELATIONS

Alex and Fiona Smith are grandparents now. They have two children: Linda and Bob. Alex is their
father and Fiona is their mother. Linda is Bob’s sister and Bob is Linda’s brother. Linda and Bob
are deeply attached to their parents.
Linda is married to Ben Jones. He is her husband. Ben Jones is Alex and Fiona’s son-in-law.
Bob is also married. His wife’s name is Daisy. Her maiden name is Daisy Robertson. Now she is
Daisy Smith. Daisy is Alex and Fiona’s daughter-in-law.
Ben is Bob’s brother-in-law and Daisy is Linda’s
sister-in-law.
Ben and Linda Jones have two children: a
son Clif and a daughter Carol. They are
twins.
Bob and Daisy Smith have only one child
Colin. Clif, Carol and Colin are Alex and
Fiona’s grandchildren. So, the Smiths
have two grandsons and one
granddaughter.
Linda is Colin’s aunt and Ben is his
uncle. Daisy and Bob are Clif and
Carol’s aunt and uncle. Clif is their
nephew and Carol is their niece. Clif,
Carol and Colin are cousins.

8
1.1 Types of Families

A nuclear family An extended family

A childless family

A single-parent family

Ex 1. Complete these sentences with an appropriate word from A, B or C.


1. In spite of being a ............................... family, the Smiths are very happy and close to each
other. Besides, they are going to adopt several children soon.
A. extended B. nuclear C. childless
2. Mr and Mrs Papatatl live in a house with their aged parents, children and grandchildren. They
are a typical example of a traditional ............................... family.
A. nuclear B. enlarged C. extended
3. Mrs Jones lives on her own and brings up her son. There are a lot of ...............................
families like hers.
A. single-parent B. mother-only C. mono-parent

9
Ex 2. Complete the Memory Box.
Grammar
IMMEDIATE FAMILY
MEMORY BOX

husband .........................
......................... daughter
To speak about a family you will
father ......................... need the verb TO BE (быть, являть-
....................... grandmother ся, находиться).
grandson .........................
POSITIVE FORM
parents ......................... I am
......................... grandchildren he/she/it is
we/you/they are
RELATIONS/RELATIVES I’m, he’s, we’re
uncle .........................
......................... niece NEGATIVE FORM
father-in-law ......................... I am not
......................... daughter-in-law he/she/it is not
we/you/they are not
I’m not, he isn’t, we aren’t

Ex 3. Fill in the right words. QUESTION


Am I?
TIES OF RELATIONSHIP Is he/she/it?
Are we/you/they?
1. Your relatives on your wife’s side are: your wife’s  Betty is Bob’s sister.
sister is your ............... , and her brother is your  Their parents are both doctors.
............... . Your parents refer to your wife as their  Colin isn’t at school today, he is
............... while your brothers and sisters refer to her ill.
as their ............... . Your wife’s parents speak of you
as their ............... .
2. Someone’s second wife speaks of her husband’s children as her ............... , whereas the
latter speak of her as their ............... . Someone’s second husband also refers to his wife’s
children as his ............... while the latter speak of him as their ............... .
3. If your stepfather or stepmother already has children from an earlier marriage, those children
become your ............... and ............... .
4. A brother or sister with whom you share only one parent is your ............... or ............... .
MEMORY BOX

To ask a question we put the present (or past) SECOND MARRIAGE


simple of the verb TO BE at the beginning of the
sentence, before the subject.
stepson stepdaughter
stepfather stepmother
 Are they a big family?
 Is Betty older than Bob? stepbrother stepsister
half-brother half-sister

10
Ex 4. Who is who? Look at the picture and ask questions. Possessive (’s) WHOSE?
Nouns denoting living beings
MODEL: Is Bob Sally’s husband?
Singular noun(s) + ’s
 My father’s car.
1. ............................................ wife?  Maud and Ted’s house.
2. ............................................ brother and sister?
3. ............................................ son/daughter? Pural noun(s) + ’
 Girls’ school.
4. ............................................ parents?  My parents’ house.
5. ............................................ father/mother?
6. ............................................ children? Irregular nouns + ’s
 The children’s names.
David Emily Albert Jenny
POSSESSIVE AND ABSOLUTE
Sally
Timothy PRONOUNS
I – my – mine
he – his – his
she – her – hers
it – its
you – your – yours
we – our – ours
they – their – theirs
Edward Vanessa Sarah Bob
NOTE Possessive pronouns (my,
your, his) go in front of nouns,
Ex 5. Fill in the gaps with am/is/are/my/his/her/our. absolute forms (mine, hers, ours)
stand on their own.

This is our family, the Millers  Peter is my brother


 Is it your dog? No, it’s hers.
Hello, I (1)…......... Sally Brown. I (2)…......... David Miller’s
sister. We (3)…......... really a large family! This (4)….........
(5)…......... brother David and (6)…......... son Timothy. And this (7)…......... Bob, (8)…......... husband.

Here (9)…......... (10)…......... children: (11)…......... daughters Vanessa and Sarah, and (12)…......... son
Edward. Vanessa (13)…......... (14)…......... youngest, she (15)…......... five, Sarah (16)…......... the eldest,
she (17)…......... eleven.
And this (18)…......... (19)…......... father Albert and Jenny, (20)…......... second wife. She (21)….........
(22)…......... step-mother. (23)…......... mother died when we were still at school. Oh, at the head of

the table (24)…......... (25)…......... grandmother Emily.

Ex 6. Choose the correct form of the pronouns in italics.


1. It may be your/yours cat. I am sure it is the cat of your/yours. 2. I’ve never seen the aunt of
her/hers. How can I recognise her/hers? 3. My grandfather’s family history is more interesting
than my/mine. 4. I’m afraid our daughter will take her/hers advice not our/ours. 5. Will you help
me find my/mine things? I can’t tell which are my/mine and which are your/yours. 6. She looked
at him and at once understood he was her/hers. It was love at first sight. 7. My/mine sister likes
much sugar in her/hers tea, but I like little in my/mine.

11
Ex 7. Translate the sentences.
MODEL: Моя дочь попросила меня дать ей мой мобильный телефон, она забыла свой в
школе.
My daughter asked me to give her my mobile phone, she had left hers at school.

1. Она показала мне свои фотографии, а я ей свои.


............................................................................. SINGULAR PLURAL
2. Он рассказал ей о своих друзьях, а она ему о this these
своих. этот эти
............................................................................. that those
3. Я рассказываю своей маме о своих проблемах, а тот те
она о своих.  Mother, this is my teacher,
............................................................................. Mrs Jones. And these are my
4. У меня не две собаки. Это моя собака, а та его. friends Peter and Mike.
.............................................................................  Who is that man over there?
 In those days people didn’t
5. Нет, у нас только двое детей. Это наши дети, а те have cars.
их.
.............................................................................

Ex 8. An old aunt who lives in the USA is staying with the Millers. She hasn’t met Jenny yet. So
she asks a lot of questions about her. Write down her questions (read the answers to the questions
first).

1. (how old?) .... How old is Jenny? .... She is 48.


Questions with who, what, where,
2. (a widow or divorced?) She is divorced. when, why, how, etc.
.............................................................................
 Who is he?
3. (British?) No, she is not.  How old is he?
 What are you?
.............................................................................
 Where are the children?
4. (where from?) From Denmark.
.............................................................................
5. (a housewife?) No, she is a nurse.
.............................................................................
6. (a nice person?) Yes, she is very nice and kind.
.............................................................................
7. (how old/Jenny’s daughter?) She is 12.
.............................................................................
8. (her name?) She is called Merilyn.
.............................................................................

12
Ex 9. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.

distinguish between  grow up  mix up  bring up


look on smb/smth as  act up  take for

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

1. Become an adult ............................ ..............................


2. Think of smb/smth in a particular way ............................ ..............................
3. Act or behave badly ............................ ..............................
4. Recognise a difference between ............................ ..............................
5. Confuse ............................ ..............................
6. Suppose smb to be, especially by mistake ............................ ..............................
7. Care for and rear, train and give education ............................ ..............................

Ex 10. Choose the best alternative from the phrasal verbs given in the box above to fill in the
spaces.

1. That child always ......................... when his father is away. 2. I’m always ......................... the
twins ......................... ! 3. What do you want to be when you ......................... ? 4. I’ve got a four-
year-old son to ......................... on my own. 5. I’ve lived in London for 7 years, but I .........................
in Newcastle. 6. I can’t ......................... the two brothers – they both look the same to me. 7. If she
prefers to work rather than stay at home and ......................... her children, she is free to do so.
8. I’ve lived with my aunt since I was a baby, and I ......................... her as my mother. 9. They were
twins, as like as two peas, and very often one brother was ......................... the other.

Ex 11. Translate the sentences using the phrasal verbs given above.

1. Никто, кроме моей матери, не мог различить братьев-близнецов.


.........................................................................................................................................
2. Приёмная мать воспитывала детей как своих собственных.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Дети считали её своей матерью.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Эти сёстры так похожи, что я вечно их путаю; Катю принимаю за Машу.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Когда дети вырастут, они уедут учиться в университет.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Когда учителя нет в классе, дети обычно ведут себя плохо.
.........................................................................................................................................

13
Ex 12. Meet the Maisons. Complete the family tree and THERE ARE SEVERAL WAYS
present all the members of the family to the class. When TO TALK ABOUT ONE’S AGE
speaking about the people’s age avoid giving the exact
Sam is eight months.
figures. He is a baby.
Sally is eighteen months.
She is a toddler.
Oliver is six.
He is still a child.
Pamela is sixteen.
Brain (71) Emily (62) She is a teenager.
husband ................ Robert is nineteen.
father ................ He is an adult (old enough
to vote)
grandfather ................
Maud is twenty-two.
father-in-law ................ She is in her early twenties.
How old is Jenny?
– I don’t know exactly. She is
in her thirties.
Ted is thirty six.
He is in his mid-thirties.
My mother is forty-eight.
She is in her late forties. She
is middle-aged.
Clare (31) Andrew (38) Eric (29) Alice (21)
My father is sixty-five.
................ ................ ................ ................ He is retired.
................ ................ ................ ................ Our grandfather is seventy-five.
................ ................ ................ ................ He has turned seventy.
be of the same age
– быть одного возраста
They are both 24, they are
of the same age.
(not) look one’s age
I can’t believe she is 60, she
doesn’t look her age.
Thomas Mary (4) Linda (6)
be five years older/younger than
(9 months) ................ ................ – на пять лет старше/младше
............ ................ ................ My brother is five years
............ ................ ................ younger than me.
............ outlive smb by ten years
– пережить кого-либо на 10 лет
He outlived his wife by ten
years.

Grandfather Brain is the head of the family. He turned 70 last year. He is 71.
Emily, Brain’s wife, ......................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................

14
1.2 Family Relationships
There are good and bad things about coming from a large family.

getting all the help 


you need  e house
ound th
helpin g out ar

r
ps
shi

the
n
tio

e
og
ela

st
er

ng
thi
los

ing
gc

do
vin
ha

baby
-sittin
space 
g the
youn onal
ger o and pers
nes  no privacy
having

misunderstanding 
the generation gap leading to

having much love and support  fighting with b


rothers and sisters 

Grammar
THE PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE

POSITIVE FORM NEGATIVE FORM QUESTION


I/we/you/they work I/we/you/they do not work Do I/we/you/they work?
he/she/it works he/she/it does not work Does he/she/it work?
I don’t work, he doesn’t work

15
Ex 13. Read the statements above and say what in your The Present Simple Tense denotes a
opinion the advantages (A) and disadvantages (D) of permanent or repeated, customary
having a large family are. Give your reasons using the action.
prompts below.
The Present Simple is used with the
following adverbials of time:
PROMPTS usually, always, every day, in the
(+) (–) morning, at night, on Mondays.
warm atmosphere want to get more independence
 The children are always polite.
get along well have different views on  They often/sometimes/usually
be one’s best friends argue about/have disputes help their mother with the
share personal problems compete for parents’ attention housework.
have much in common leave smb alone  They live in France.
 My mother doesn’t go out to
work, she runs the house.

MODEL: Having a large family is an advantage because


ASKING QUESTIONS
your family are your best friends.
If the main verb is in the Present
Simple, we use the auxiliary verb do
................................................................................ or does (see the table above) at the
................................................................................ beginning of a sentence, before the
................................................................................ subject (the main verb is in the base
form).
................................................................................
................................................................................  Does your wife work?
No, she doesn’t.
................................................................................  Do you feel close to your
................................................................................ family?
................................................................................ Yes, I do.
................................................................................
NOTEwhen the main verb is do,
................................................................................ you still have to add do/does before
................................................................................ the subject.
................................................................................  Do the children do the home-
................................................................................ work themselves?
................................................................................  Does your husband do the shop-
ping?

COMING FROM A LARGE FAMILY


MEMORY BOX

share problems – разделять проблемы


have much in common – иметь много общего
have privacy/personal space – иметь возможность уединиться
baby-sit – присматривать за маленькими детьми
generation gap – разрыв поколений
argue/fight/have disputes – спорить/ссориться/ругаться
leave smb alone – оставить кого-либо в покое
have siblings (formal) – иметь родных братьев и/или сестёр

16
Ex 14. Complete Rosemary’s entry into her diary. Say what she lacks in her family. Make
negative sentences using the prompts below.

Dear diary,
I feel very lo
w tonight. I’m
the centre o
f attention. I the only child in the fam
of privacy. A ha ily, I’m
nd though I d ve my own room and I ha
and sisters f on’t have to f ve a lot
or parents’ a ight with my
ttention, I’m brothers
not happy.
Havebrothers or si
sters (1) ........
Share secrets (2) ....................
.................... ....................
Play with (3) .. .................... ....................
.................... ....................
Argue with bro .................... ....................
thers and sist .................... ..
e rs (4 ) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Do things tog .. .................... .. ......
ether (5) ........ ....................
Baby-sit the .................... .. .. .. .. .. .. ....
younger ones (6) ....................
.................... ....................
.................... ........
So, I don’t do .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ........
things that m
and sisters. y friends do.
I wish I had brothers

Ex 15. Form questions using the given words. Try to give true answers to the questions.
1. in your family / you/ get / much love and support ?
.....................................................................................................................................
2. with brothers and sisters / fight / your friend / his ?
.....................................................................................................................................
3. the younger brothers or sisters / you / baby-sit ?
.....................................................................................................................................
4. the father / about the house / help ?
.....................................................................................................................................
5. the members of your family / close relations / have ?
.....................................................................................................................................
6. your sister / with the parents / argue ?
.....................................................................................................................................
7. you / and your brother / get along well?
.....................................................................................................................................

17
Ex 16. Imagine you also share your thoughts with your diary. Write about your family.

Dear diary,
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................

Ex 17. Write the correct phrasal verb from the box below to complete the following definitions.

patch up  keep up  back up  get along

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

1. When someone supports or encourages another person, he is said to


....................... him ....................... .
2. When we settle a quarrel, we are said to have ....................... it ....................... .
3. If you are friendly or on good terms with somebody, you ....................... well with
him.
4. Very often people try to continue to live the way they are used to, they
....................... the tradition.

Ex 18. Match the sentences and phrases on the left with those on the right.
1
1. We try to keep up a. backs her up when she is in trouble.
2. Her family always b. very well with my brothers and sisters. 2
3. I get along c. but very soon patch up our disagreement. 3
4. We often quarrel d. our family’s reputation for hospitality. 4

18
Ex 19. Translate the sentences using the phrasal verbs given above.
1. Наши дети очень хорошо ладят, они редко ссорятся.
.....................................................................................................................................
2. Они помогают и поддерживают друг друга.
.....................................................................................................................................
3. У нас в семье дружеская атмосфера, надеюсь, что наши дети будут продолжать эту
традицию.
.....................................................................................................................................
4. Им далеко за пятьдесят, но они часто ссорятся, потом им очень трудно помириться.
.....................................................................................................................................

ESTABLISHING A RELATIONSHIP

meet smb date smb court smb fall in love with smb
  
познакомиться с встречаться с ухаживать за влюбиться в

propose to smb be engaged to smb marry smb/get married to smb


 
сделать предложение oбручиться с выйти замуж/жениться

19
BREAKING OFF A RELATIONSHIP

have rows/ arguments split /separate get divorced/divorce smb/file for a divorce
 
ссориться расстаться развестись/подавать на развод

Ex 20. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate them into Russian.
flirt with  break up  go out with  care for  marry off  settle down

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

1. Separate from each other ................................ ................................


2. Be fond of ................................ ................................
3. Behave as though one were in love
but without serious intentions ................................ ................................
4. Be seen frequently in the company of
a person, usually of the opposite sex ................................ ................................
5. Find a husband or a wife for one’s son
or daughter ................................ ................................
6. Start living in a quiet way ................................ ................................

Ex 21. Write the correct form of the appropriate phrasal verb in the space.

1. She ...................... every man she meets. 2. My girlfriend and I have been ......................
together for 18 months now. 3. John and Mary ...................... a month ago. 4. I don’t
...................... him enough to marry him. 5. They have finally ...................... their daughter.
6. Isn’t it time you got married and ...................... ?

20
Ex 22. Back to the Millers. Find the logical endings for THE VERB “TO BE”
each of the sentence beginnings 1–6 and construct IN THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
Albert Miller’s family history.
POSITIVE FORM
I/he/she/it was
1. We were still at school we/you/they were
2. Our father had widowed for four years
NEGATIVE FORM
3. Jenny wasn’t married either,
I/he/she/it was not
4. But she didn’t live quite alone, we/you/they were not
5. Our father and Jenny fell in love
QUESTION
6. Jenny was very nice to us, Was I/he/she/it?
Were we/you they?
 Diana was the daughter of the
a. and got married within six months. eighth Earl Spencer.
b. she made a wonderful stepmother.  Was she beautiful?
c. when our mother died in a car accident.  She wasn’t arrogant, she was
nice and kind.
d. when he met Jenny.
e. she had a daughter.
f. she was divorced. THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE

Regular verb + -ed



1 2 3 4 5 6 Past Simple

Irregular verbs

POSITIVE FORM
I/he worked/wrote
Ex 23. Read David Miller’s family history. Fill in the NEGATIVE FORM
verbs in the required tense from the box below. I/he did not work/write
I/he didn’t work/write
meet  go out  call  go  get married  live QUESTION
graduate  have  break up  be Did I/he work/write?
get divorced  have  be divorced
 They got married before the
war.
 Why did they separate?
My brother David (1)…............. to university at the age of  They didn’t separate, he just
eighteen where he (2)…............. Ann. He (3)…............. with went to work abroad.
her. She (4)…............. his girlfriend for three years. When
The Past Simple denotes an action
David (5)…............. from university they (6)…............. .
performed in the past. It is used with
A year later they (7)…............. their child, a boy. They (8)… the following adverbials of time:
............. him Timothy. But later they (9)…............. lots of yesterday, last week, two years ago,
rows, they (10)…............. and (11)…............. . So, my in 1994, when I was a child, etc.
These adverbials go either at the
brother David (12)…............. now . He (13)…............. with beginning or at the end of a
his son Timothy. sentence.
 He met Mary three years ago.
 Last year they got married.

21
Ex 24. You are going to read a text about Prince William’s engagement. Complete the
2
text by choosing the best phrase A–I to fill the gaps 1–9. Listen to the text and check your
answers.

Prince William and Kate Middleton Set Date and Venue for Wedding

A. that we’re going to spend the rest of our lives together.”


B. worn by William’s mother, the late Princess Diana.
C. wedding of Diana and Prince Charles, held at St Paul’s
Cathedral.
D. “I also didn’t realise it was a race,
E. her father, King George VI, got married there in 1923.
F. St Catherine’s Day on the Anglican calendar of saints.
G. the two were on vacation in Kenya last month,
H. “It was a total shock when it came!”
I. on Friday April 29, at Westminster Abbey in London

“The Prince of Wales is delighted to announce the engagement of Prince William to Miss Catherine
Middleton,” the statement from Clarence House early Tuesday read.
Prince William, 28, asked Middleton, also 28, to marry him while (1)  the statement said. The
happy couple appeared for the first time after the announcement today arm-in-arm before a
barrage of camera flashes, Middleton wearing the famous engagement ring (2) .
In an interview with Britain’s ITV News today, Middleton said the proposal came as a surprise. “We
were out there with friends, so I really didn't expect it at all,” Middleton said. (3) 
The two met nearly a decade ago while students at the University of St. Andrews in Scotland. When
asked why it took so long to propose, a beaming William quipped, (4)  otherwise I probably
would’ve been a lot quicker.”
“Well as you may recognise now, it’s my mother’s engagement ring and it’s very special to me,
as Kate is very special to me now as well. It was only right the two were put together,” William said.
“It was my way of making sure mother didn’t miss out on today and the fact (5) . “No one is trying
to fill my mother’s shoes. What she did was fantastic. It’s about making your own future and your
own destiny, and Kate will do a very good job of that.”
Britain’s Prince William will marry Kate Middleton (6) , the royal family said.
Westminster Abbey has been the site of many royal weddings. Queen Elizabeth II married Prince
Philip there in 1947, and (7) .
The choice of Westminster Abbey may indicate that William and Middleton are trying to avoid
comparisons to the 1981 (8) . It’s speculated that the couple chose April 29 because it coincides
with (9) . The wedding day will be a national holiday.

22
Ex 25. Read the dialogue and make a short story in indirect speech. The beginning is given
for you.

– Now Mr Arbuthnot, what’s love?


– Love is blind. He saw the Only Girl in the World and
– Good. What does love do? fell madly in love at first sight
– Love makes the world go round. ...........................................................................
– Whom does a young man fall in love with? ............................................................................
– With the Only Girl in the World. ............................................................................
– When do they fall in love? ............................................................................
– At first sight. ............................................................................
– How? ............................................................................
– Madly. ............................................................................
– They are then said to be? ............................................................................
– Victims of Cupid’s darts. ............................................................................
– And he? ............................................................................
– Whispers sweet nothings in her ear. ............................................................................
– When the Only Man falls in love, madly, ............................................................................
with the Only Girl, what does he do? ............................................................................
– He walks on air. ............................................................................
– What happens after that? ............................................................................
– They get married. ............................................................................
– What is a marriage? ............................................................................
– Marriage is a lottery.
– Where are marriages made?
– Marriages are made in heaven.
– What does the bride do at the wedding?
– She blushes.
– What does the groom do?
– He forgets the rings.
(abridged from “The Cliché Expert Testifies on Love”
by Frank Sullivan)

I love You

23
groom’s friends the best man

bride’s maids

newlyweds

1.3 The Wedding


Helena began to wear an engagement ring. She was constantly talking about the wedding. She
was very busy: wedding invitations were sent out, the reception was organised, the dress for the
bride was bought in London, the dresses for the bride’s maids were chosen. The bridegroom’s
brother was to be the best man.
The night before the wedding all the groom’s friends joined him at the pub to cheer him up on his
last evening as a bachelor.
The wedding was set for two o’clock at the Church. The guests began to appear. Two o’clock
struck and the organ began playing. There was some excitement by the church door: the bride
had arrived. She looked very beautiful in her long white dress. Everybody stood up.
When the newlyweds were leaving the church, the bells began ringing. There were cheers and
shouts and a storm of confetti. After the reception the newlyweds were going on a honeymoon.

Ex 26. Find in the text the words or phrases (given in italics) for the following definitions:
1. an unmarried man ........... a bachelor .........
MEMORY BOX

2. an agreement to marry ................................................................................


3. a marriage ceremony ..................................................................................
4. a woman on her wedding day ........................................................................
5. a man on his wedding day ............................................................................
6. bridegroom’s friend, supporting him at his wedding ........................................
7. a newly married couple ................................................................................
8. a holiday taken by a newly married couple ......................................................
9. a large wedding party ..................................................................................

24
3
Listening
Jane, Helena’s friend who lives in Australia, got a letter from Helena. She reads the letter to her
mother. Before listening to Helena’s letter twice, read questions I and II to be ready for the given
task.

I. Tick the statements that are true.

 1. Helena’s friend is her colleague.


 2. Jane lives in another country.
 3. Helena writes Jane about her marriage.
 4. She met Philip on a holiday trip.
 5. Helena tells Jane about her husband’s family.
 6. Helena went alone because she had failed her exam.
 7. Helena went on holiday with her family.
 8. Philip was their tour guide.

II. Add a word or a phrase to complete the text.

Helena (1) ............................... to her friend Jane. Jane wants to know how Helena (2) .................
................... . Helena writes it was (3) ............................... . She went on her holiday trip alone
because she (4) ............................... her exam. Philip was also (5) ............................... because
he (6) ............................... his girlfriend. They went round the sights together because they were
(7)
............................... alone. They spent a lot of time together and found they
(8)
............................... . So, they are going to (9) ............................... soon.

Helena’s best friend Jane from Australia sends her best wishes to Helena’s wedding.

Dear Helena!
It seems only yesterday that you told me
that you were engaged and now you are



married! I haven’t met Philip, but from your
letters I know that both of you will be happy.
I am so sorry that I can’t be with you on
that special day, please know that I am with
Whishing You you in spirit.
a Happy and Congratulations to Philip and my best
Blessful Life wishes to the two of you for a marriage filled
Ahead! with all the good things in life.
Tenderly yours,
Jane

25
ASKING QUESTIONS IN THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
If the main verb is in the Past Simple, we use the auxiliary verb did at the beginning of the question,
before the subject. After the subject we use the base form.
We went to the party last night.  Did you go to the party last night?
When you want to get more information, you ask a “wh”-question, which begins with: who, what, which,
where, when, why, how, etc. The “wh”-word comes in front of the auxiliary word.

QUESTION WORD ORDER


Wh-word Auxiliary verb Subject Main verb Other sentence parts
When did he graduate from university?
Why did they break up?

Ex 27. Read the thank-you letter. Jane’s friend Michael also read it. He wanted to ask some
questions. Look at the answers and write the questions.

Dear Jane! dding. We quite


a pit y yo u co uld n’t come to the we
It’s .
stralia is so far away
understand though, Au en ou gh for sending us that
an d I ju st ca n’t thank you
Ph ilip have paid a
eo ca me ra as a we dding gift. You must
Japanese vid
fortune for it. ur camera
ing yo u th e fir st video we shot on yo
I am send
ter the ceremony.
outside the church af the people
we dd ing , a gr ea t family reunion: even
It was a big As you don’t know
e dis ta nt ly re lat ed to managed to come.
we ar
iting who is who.
some of them, I’m wr
wonderful gift.
Thanks again for your
Love.
Yours,
Helena and Philip

(not go?) Why didn’t you go to the wedding? I couldn’t afford the ticket. It’s so expensive.
(the camera?) .................................................... Helena is keen on taking pictures. It’s the
.......................................................................... very thing she needs.
(expensive?) ...................................................... Not really. I bought it on sale.
(like the video?) .................................................. It is great. Now I can watch the wedding as
.......................................................................... if I had been there.
(know the people?).............................................. Some of them. Not everybody.

26
This is my grand-
mother Helena. I was This is my aunt on
called after her. my mother’s side.
She is a great
pianist, I wish I
took after her.

These are my mother and father-in-law. They are very


nice. I hope they have brought up a good son.

THE VERB “TO HAVE”


IN THE PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE
Here are my father and half-brothers. You know my father
had two sons by his first marriage. Don’t they look very POSITIVE FORM
much like my father? I/you/we/they have got
he/she/it has got

NEGATIVE FORM

Ex 28. There is a good tradition to send presents well I/you/we/they


he/she/it
have got
has got
before the wedding day. People were not sure what to buy
because they didn’t know what Helena had already got. QUESTION
They consulted Helena’s mother. Find out the information Have I/you/we/they got?
using the words and phrases below. Student A asks Has he/she/it got?
questions, student B answers them.
 She has got a son.
 Has she got a daughter ?
MODEL: How about an electric ironing machine? Has  They haven’t got a house, they
she got an ironing machine? rent a flat.
– A great idea. She hates ironing.
NOTE Do you have..? and I don’t
have… are common especially in
Student A Student B American English.
1. a carpet? She / one from Philip’s parents.
 They don’t have any children.
............................................................................ (= They haven’t got any
2. bedclothes? We / prepare / those things / long children.)
beforehand.  It’s a nice house but it doesn’t
have a garden. (= It hasn’t got
............................................................................
a garden.)
3. a vacuum cleaner? Oh! Nobody /think /of that. Great!  Does Ann have a car? (= Has
............................................................................ Ann got a car?)
4. cutlery? She /be going / get / from her  How much money do
you have?
grandmother. (= How much money
........................................................................... have you got?)

27
Ex 29. Match the headings A–D to the extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading which you don’t
need to use.

A. Living on His Own. C. A Marriage for Convenience.


B. A Happy Marriage. D. Extremes Do Meet.

 1. His wife had been unpleasant woman, but with her family's oil trust he’d managed to
live peacefully with her. The marriage was stable, not exactly warm, but with three kids
in college they had reason to be proud. They had weathered some rough times and were
determined to grow old together. She had money. He had the status. Together they
raised a family.
 2. She was a radical feminist lawyer in Oakland... She had been married to Finn for 30
years – married but not always living together. He’d lived with other women, she'd lived
with other men. Both came and went. They moved in and out, slept around and parted
with great enthusiasm. For six-year stretch they lived together in chaotic monogamy
and produced two children neither of whom had amounted to much. Now they were just
tired. “I’ve decided to get a divorce”, she said.
 3. He was single, a widower, with a little townhouse in Georgetown that he was very fond
of. He lived quietly, occasionally stepping into the social scene that had attracted him
and his late wife in the early years.
(from “The Brethren” by John Grisham)

Ex 30. Make up questions to which the following sentences could be the answers.
1. No, he is a bachelor. He is not the marrying sort. ............................................................
2. No, he isn’t. He is my stepbrother. ..................................................................................
3. Yes, they are. I can’t tell one brother from the other. ........................................................
4. No, she is my stepmother, that’s why she looks so young. ................................................
5. No, they don’t. They are going to adopt a child. ..............................................................
6. No, she is my grandmother. ..........................................................................................

CLOSE AND DISTANT RELATIVES


MEMORY BOX

4
be related to smb – быть в родственных отношениях с кем-либо
be distantly related to smb – быть дальними родственниками
on one’s mother’s/father’s side – со стороны матери/отца
have children by one’s former marriage – иметь детей от предыдущего брака
adopt a child – удочерить/усыновить ребёнка
take after one’s mother/father – пойти в мать/отца
look like – быть похожим на кого-либо
look alike – быть похожими друг на друга
as like as two peas – (похожи) как две капли воды
be a copy of – быть просто отражением
call smb after – назвать в честь

28
Ex 31. Choose a word or words from the box which best complete the sentences.
1. Are you ....................... to Mr Fox? Yes, he is my brother-in-law. look … alike
2. Your brother has an unusual name, hasn’t he? Yes, he was by my first marriage
....................... after his great grandfather.
related
3. Is his family small or large? – He is ....................... , actually .
4. People often confuse them, they ....................... very much a copy of
....................... . called after
5. He is my wife’s second cousin, we are ....................... .
on my mother’s side
6. The child is very talented, he ....................... his father.
7. I had two children ....................... and my second wife single
....................... them ....................... as her own. distantly related
8. The daughter and the mother look very much alike, the daughter Is
took after
just ....................... her mother.
9. They didn’t have a child of their own, they decided to ..................... . adopt a child
10. Polly is my aunt ....................... . brought … up

Ex 32. Fill in prepositions where necessary.


1. I am distantly related ............ her. 2. He is not 20 yet. He is still ............ his teens. 3. I was born
............ the 5th ............ May, ............ 1998. 4. They have brought ............ three children. 5. Did
Mrs White divorce ............ her husband? 6. They say she took ............ her mother. 7. He has a
son ............ his first marriage. 8. The girls look ............ so much alike. 9. We are distantly related
............ my father’s side. 10. Thank you for the compliment. I’m ............ my late 50s. 11. They
called their son ............ his great grandfather.

Ex 33. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Они очень похожи, как две капли воды.
..................................................................................................................................
2. Это моя племянница со стороны отца.
..................................................................................................................................
3. Он мой троюродный брат, довольно дальний родственник.
..................................................................................................................................
4. Пятьдесят лет назад дядя Джорж и его брат Том ухаживали за миссис Медоуз, тогда
она была Эмили Грин. Оба брата любили её, но она полюбила Тома и вышла за него
замуж. Джордж так никогда (never) и не женился.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
5. Нашей внучке 16, она ещё подросток.
..................................................................................................................................

29
6. У них не было детей, и когда им было под 50, они усыновили мальчика.
..................................................................................................................................
7. После рождения ребёнка она развелась с мужем и воспитывала сына одна.
..................................................................................................................................
8. Сара молодая женщина, ей нет ещё и 30.
..................................................................................................................................
9. Мой свекор вдовец, он приятный мужчина среднего возраста и живёт один.
..................................................................................................................................
10. У них две дочери, они близнецы.
..................................................................................................................................

Ex 34. Find the logical order of the following dialogue parts.


1
 – Any relation to Dr Breed, the director of the Laboratory?
 – The fourth generation in this location.

1 – And you are a Breed?
 – It’s a small world, I would say.
 – His brother. My name is Marvin Breed.
2
 – That’s right.
 – Has a wedding date been set?

1 – So you’re engaged to Linda?
 – Something over five months.
 – How long have you been engaged?
3
 – Why do you say “will be”? He actually is and we’ve already got the first quarrel as close
relations.

1 – I hear your sister Helen and Harry have got married lately.
 – Now Harry will be your brother-in-law, won’t he?
 – Oh, yes. They registered the other day and became husband and wife.

Ex 35. Act as an interpreter: translate the Russian sentences into English.


1
A: And here is a picture of my family. This is my husband, Franz.
B: Oh, yes. (1) А это ваша собака? ..............................................
(2)
А: Да, его зовут Снупи. ..........................................................
В: He’s cute!
(3)
А: А здесь наша дочь Сандра. .................................................
(4)
В: А это её муж? .....................................................................

30
А: (5) Нет, она не замужем. Это её друг Клаус. .......................................................................
В: How old is your daughter?
А: (6) Ей 21. A это наши два сына: Маркус и Тони. У нас трое детей: два
мальчика и девочка. ...........................................................................
...........................................................................................................
В: And one dog!
А: (7) Да, кстати, (by the way) у нас ещё три кошки. ...................................
...........................................................................................................
В: Oh!

2
(1)
A: Лена, познакомься с моими бабушками и дедушками, тётями и дядями, племян-
ницами и племянниками. .................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(2)
В: Рада с вами познакомиться. Какая у вас большая семья! .............................................
........................................................................................................................................
А: This is only the immediate family. Will you sit next to the oldest member of the family – my
great-grandfather (прадедушка)?
(3)
B: С большим удовольствием. Как поживаете, мистер Браун? ..........................................
..................................................... If Helen hadn’t given away your age, I would have never
guessed, that you’re her great-grandfater. (4) Вы совсем не выглядите как прадедушка (на
свой возраст). .................................................................................................................
A: Yes, we are a long lived family. (5) Только наша дорогая прабабушка умерла молодой.
Прадедушка пережил её на 30 лет. ...................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(6)
В: Значит ты правнучка. Ты так похожа на своего прадедушку. Просто копия, ...................
......................................................................................................... of course, taking the
difference in age into consideration.
(7)
A: Я правда (really) так похожа на прадедушку? ........................................................
......................................................................................... I’m flattered.
(8)
B: Да, это так. Тебе повезло (be lucky), у тебя такая большая и милая семья! ....................
.....................................................................................................................................

Ex 36. Compose a dialogue using the key words for the situation.
Two friends are looking at an old photograph:
A B
Whose family? grandmother’s family
So many people? family gathering at large
Why? the wedding
On the left? brother’s family
In the low row? their children
On the right? the in-laws
Look very happy? very nice people
2 PEOPLE

2.1 Appearance
hair forehead
1

cheekbone

eye

ear nose

lips
cheek

jaw
mouth
chin
eyebrow
eyelid
MEMORY BOX

FACE FEATURES –
2
черты лица
(eye)lashes
delicate – тонкие, нежные
fine – тонкие
soft – мягкие
clear-cut – чёткие
striking – поразительные
pupil plain – заурядные
coarse – грубые
ugly – уродливые

32
Ex 1. Do the crossword puzzle.
Across 
1. The hair on a man’s face between the nose and the mouth.
2. The eye-cover when the eyes are shut.
3. The end of a human arm.
4. It grows on a man’s head.
5. The hair that grows on the edge of the eyelid.
6. We hear sounds with it.

7 8 9 10

3 11

12 4

Down 
7. The thin line of hair above the eyes.
8. The hair on a man’s face below the mouth.
9. The part of face between the nose and the ears.
10. The part of face above the eyebrows.
11. The part of face between the cheeks.
12. The front of the head.

33
Ex 2. Read a passage from an article on make-up. Complete the Memory Box on the right
3
with corresponding words from the article given in italics. Listen and check your answers.

FACE SHAPE – форма лица

MEMORY BOX
MakeUP ...round... – круглое
July 2010

......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
thin – худое
Make-up Artist Secrets: freckled – c веснушками
wrinkled – морщинистое
Reshape Your Face with a beard/a moustache – с бо-
родой/усами

Bring out your best features FOREHEAD – лоб


broad – широкий
narrow – узкий
... and minimize your not-so-best ones ......................... – .........................
low – низкий
Everything about your face is ......................... – .........................
unique, including its shape. Here, CHEEKBONES – скулы
I'll show you the different face wide – широкие
shapes and teach you how to apply ......................... – .........................
your make-up.
CHEEKS – щёки
hollow – впалые
Round face shape exhibits the natural ......................... – .........................
beauty and energy of youth. It's fairly rosy/pink – розовые
wide, with full cheeks and a rounded chin. stubby – небритые
clean-shaven – чисто выбритые
with dimples – с ямочками
An oval face is considered by most to be JAW – челюсть
perfect because of its beautiful symmetry. square – квадратная
......................... – .........................
CHIN – подбородок
A square-shaped face is the same width at
massive – тяжёлый
the forehead, the cheeks and the jaw.
pointed – острый
......................... – .........................
firm – твёрдый
The long-shaped face has high cheekbones,
a high, deep forehead and a strong jaw
line.

34
EYES

MEMORY BOX
dark – тёмные
T HERE ARE A NUMBER OF BEAUTIFUL grey – серые
COLOURS THAT WILL ADD ......................... – .........................
TO THE DEPTH AND PERSONALITY ......................... – .........................
OF YOUR EYES ! ......................... – .........................
hazel – карие
sunken – запавшие
If you are lucky enough to have green eyes, LIPS – губы
you just have to find the perfect colours to well-cut – хорошо очерченные
really set them off. ......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
WHAT EYE-SHADOW COLOUR WORKS FOR ......................... – .........................
BLUE EYES? рarted – полуоткрытые

Brighten your blue eyes with our make-up tips!

There is no end to the make-up looks that women with brown eyes can
wear.

Through this page you can learn how to make thick lips appear thin
and how to apply lip make-up for fuller lips.

Ex 3. Find word partnerships. Put the words in the box in the correct column.

face forehead cheeks eyes lips


broad  oval  rosy
........................................................................................... hazel  well-cut  square
........................................................................................... long  green  full
........................................................................................... grey  hollow  high
........................................................................................... thick  sunken  low
...........................................................................................

35
Ex 4. Complete the sentences. Use the words given in CAPITALS at the end of each line to form
a word which fits the space in the same line.

1. She is a red-head and as all red-heads she has ......................... FRECKLES


cheeks and nose. 2. Molly turned seventy last year, but she is still
a good-looking woman though ......................... with age. 3. Jack WRINKLE
hasn’t shaved for three days, he has ......................... cheeks and chin, STUBBLE
he says it’s the latest fashion. 4. Robert wears a beard, he wants
to look more manly, he hates his ......................... chin. 5. Women POINT
with ......................... cheekbones and full lips are often considered HIGHLY
beautiful and exotic. 6. Her friends thought she looked like
a child with her full cheeks and ......................... chin. 7. Her full ROUND
......................... lips made her look very sexy. PART

Ex 5. Give English equivalents to the following:


1. тонкие, чётко очерченные брови ................................................................................
2. острый подбородок ....................................................................................................
3. пухлые щёчки с ямочками ..........................................................................................
4. глубоко посаженные глаза ..........................................................................................
5. усталое морщинистое лицо ........................................................................................
6. грубые, неправильные черты лица ..............................................................................
7. тяжёлый подбородок ..................................................................................................
8. гладко выбритое лицо ................................................................................................
9. простецкое лицо ........................................................................................................
10. выразительные голубые глаза ....................................................................................
11. уродливая челюсть ......................................................................................................
12. выдающаяся внешность ..............................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases


– I’m so tired of
At the hairdresser’s... my long straight hair,
I need a big change.

– How would
you like to have
your hair cut?

36
BEST HAIR
GUIDE TO YOUR
YOUR HOW-TO
305

HOW
HAIR!S
A WORLD-CLASS HAIR & BEAUTY MAGAZINE
best
hairsty
les!

4 FIND YOUR HAIRSTYLE!


2. SHOULDER-LONG
WAVY HAIR

1. LONG STRAIGHT
HAIR WORN LOOSE

Deborah
Alexandra 3. SHORT CURLY HAIR

Pearl
4. A PONYTAIL
5. A KNOT AT
THE BACK

Alice Sandre

6. A PARTING IN
THE MIDDLE 7. CLOSELY CROPPED

Maria Gary

37
HAIR COLOUR
цвет волос

fair hair dark hair

MEMORY BOX
cветлые волосы тёмные волосы GENERAL APPRAISAL. 5
HAIR
blond(e) light brown dark brown black mop of hair – копна волос
golden chestnut brunette thick – густые волосы
каштановые thin – тонкие волосы
partly bald – лысеющий
red grey(ing) bald – лысый
рыжие седые, седеющие
MEMORY BOX

short – короткую стрижку


shoulder long – волосы до плеч
braided – заплетённые в косу
wear one’s hair parted in the middle/on one side –
с пробором посредине/сбоку
in a knot at the back – собранными
в узел сзади
in a ponytail – собранными в хвост
сlosely cropped – стрижка «ёжик»
wear a beard/a moustache – носить бороду усы

Ex 6. Describe the photos you see in the Hair’s How Magazine above.
1. Alexandra has long straight fair hair. She wears it loose.
2. .......................................................................................................................................
3. .......................................................................................................................................
4. ........................................................................................................................................
5. .......................................................................................................................................
6. .......................................................................................................................................
7. .......................................................................................................................................

38
Some Useful Phrases
– What kind of
At the barbers’s... haircut are you
thinking of?

– I just want a trim


on the sides, a shampoo
and a fast blow dry.

Ex 7. Answer the questions using the model.


Grammar
MODEL: You have a new hairstyle, don’t you? (brush
back)
I was at the barber shop yesterday. I just had
my hair brushed back without parting. “HAVE SOMETHING DONE”
CONSTRUCTION

1. I can’t recognise you today. – Oh! It’s my beard, I The construction is used to say that
we arranged for someone else to do
guess. – Do you trim your beard yourself? (at the something for us.
barber’s) It means «заказать, нанять, при-
............................................................................. гласить кого-либо сделать что-
............................................................................. либо»
2. You look quite a different person. Have you dyed your have + object + Past Participle
hair? (at the hairdresser’s) The verb to have in this construction
............................................................................. can be used in different tense forms:
............................................................................. the Simple, Continuous, Perfect.
3. You have beautiful hands. Do you do your nails  How often do you have your
yourself? (at the beauty parlour) hair styled?
 I had my hair done last week
.............................................................................
but I didn’t like the style.
.............................................................................  Hello, Mag. – Sorry, I can’t
4. With these downwards falling curls your daughter talk. I’m having my hair dyed
looks like a cupid. Is it a natural wave? (to curl) at the moment.
 You look like a boy, Nell. You
........................................................................... have had your hair cut too
............................................................................. short, I think.
5. You don’t look your old self, son. What have you
done to your hair? (wash/at the barber’s // your
birthday present)
.............................................................................
.............................................................................

39
Grammar
THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

COMMON, COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE FORMS:

We use the comparative when comparing one person or thing with another.
We use the superlative when comparing one person or thing with more than one.

ADJECTIVES COMMON COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE


One-syllable and some ... + -er the ... + -est
two-syllable words ending big bigger the biggest
in -y, -er, -ow, -le nice nicer the nicest
pretty prettier the prettiest

Two or more syllable more/less + ... the most/least + ...


words beautiful more beautiful the most beautiful
common more common the most common

Irregular forms good better the best


bad worse the worst
older the oldest
old
elder the eldest

THAN me / him / her / them / us You are taller than me (I am).


Чем I think this player is quicker than him (he is).
MEMORY BOX

GENERAL APPRAISAL
Ex 8. Make comparisons as in the example. 6
look – выглядеть
1. Helen is cheerful. (Jane // ever met) attractive – привлекательный
Jane is more cheerful than Helen. good-looking – интересный
She is the most cheerful person I’ve ever met. pretty – хорошенькая
charming – очаровательный
2. John is clever. (James // in our class)
lovely – восхитительный
..................................................................................
beautiful – красивая
.................................................................................. handsome – красивый
3. My sister is rather attractive. (Our neighbour Mrs Roma unattractive – непривлека-
// in the neibourhood) тельный
.................................................................................. common/plain – заурядный
.................................................................................. ugly – уродливый
4. Bob’s cousin is very pretty. (His girlfriend // among
people I know.) .........................................................
................................................................................

40
5. Mario is handsome. (His friend Marcus // in our street)
.....................................................................................................................................
6. My classmate Bob is tall. (His friend Jim // in our team)
.....................................................................................................................................
7. Your hair is dark. (Your brother’s hair // in your family)
.....................................................................................................................................
8. Her eyes are charming. (Her smile // in the world)
........................................................................................................................................
9. Al’s girlfriend has got long and thick eyelashes. (My girlfriend // ever seen)
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 9. Correct the video image synthesized by the police artist. Use the adjectives given in the
prompts in the comparative degree (-er, more, less).

face / long / round  hair / dark  beard / short


hair / thick  lips / thin  jaw / strong  cheeks / full

Make the face thinner.


................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

41
Ex 10. Cross out the wrong form of the adjective in
italics. NOTE Some two-syllable adjectives
like happy (clever, common, narrow,
pleasant, quiet, simple, stupid) have
1. He is as broad-shouldered/more broad-shouldered two comparative or superlative forms:
as he used to be in his youth, but now he walks with a – either with – -er/-est:
 She’s cleverer than you.
stoop. 2. She is not as prettier/pretty as her sister, but
She’s the cleverest person
also good-looking and nice. 3. Dario is much slender/ I know.
more slender than Gustavo, but he is short/shorter than – or with more/the most:
his friend. 4. His wife is a bit older/more old than him, but  She’s more clever than
you. She’s the most clever
she looks much young/younger. 5. It was a strange person I know.
couple, the husband was twice as old/older as his wife
and she was much tall/taller.

Estimate the Only Girl and


the Only Man in the World
– Whom does a young man fall in love with?
– With the Only Girl in the World.
– Describe the Only Girl in the World.
– Her eyes are like stars, her teeth are like pearls, her lips
are ruby, her cheeks are damask, her form is divine.
– Have you forgotten something?
– Eyes, teeth, cheeks, form – no, sir. I don’t think so.
– Her hair?
– Oh! Certainly. How stupid of me. She has hair like spun
gold.
– Very good. Now, will you describe the Only Man?
– He is a blond Viking, a he-man1. There is something fine
about him that rings true.
– Are all the Only Men blond Vikings?
– Oh, no! Some of them are dark, handsome chaps. This sort of The
Only Man has a way with a maid, and there is a devil in his eye. He
has a heart of gold. He is a diamond in the rough.
(abridged from “The Cliché Expert Testifies on Love”
by F. Sullivan)

1
a he-man – (humorous) a strong man with powerful muscles

42
Ex 11 1. Daisy

A. Who is who? Look at the pictures. Which


person:


3 has a round face? 2. Miranda
 has an oval face?
 has a long face?
 has full cheeks?
 has high cheekbones?
3. Barry
 has a snub nose?
 has an aquiline nose?
 has a high forehead?
 has a wrinkled forehead?
 has a big mouth?
 has full lips? 4. Daniel
 has big eyes?
 has small round eyes?
 has pencilled eyebrows?
 has arched eyebrows?
 has small ears? 5. Eric
 is lop-eared (лопоухий)?
 has a beard and a moustache?
 has short fair hair?
 has shoulder-long dark hair?
 has thin hair? 6. Kevin
 has a mop of blond hair?
 is balding?

B. Now write and talk about the people in the pictures.

1. Daisy is very pretty. She has an oval face with high


cheekbones, her lips are full and red. Her big eyes and a turned
up nose make her look very lovely. She wears her thick fair hair
short.
2. Miranda ...........................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................

43
3. Barry ....................................................................
NOSE

MEMORY BOX
............................................................................ 7
............................................................................. straight – прямой
hooked – крючковатый
4. Daniel ...................................................................
long – длинный
............................................................................. fleshy – мясистый
............................................................................. snub/upturned – курносый
5. Eric ...................................................................... aquiline – с горбинкой
..................................................................................
TEETH
..................................................................................
perfect – великолепные
6. Kevin .......................................................................... even – ровные
.................................................................................. large – большие
.................................................................................. false – искусственные
EYEBROWS
bushy – густые
Ex 12. Give English equivalents to the following. arched – тонкие изогнутые
pencilled – тонко очерченные
1. высокие скулы ........................................................... straight – прямые
2. длинный крючковатый нос ........................................
EYELASHES
3. круглое доброе лицо .................................................
4. тонкие сухие губы ...................................................... long – длинные
short – короткие
5. мясистый нос ............................................................
thick – густые
6. крупные ровные зубы ................................................ curving – загибающиеся
7. тонкий прямой нос .....................................................
8. маленький курносый нос .........................................
9. длинные густые ресницы .........................................

Ex 13. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate them into Russian.
take off  set off  light up  stick out  put on  make up  stand out  bring out

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Apply cosmetics to the face ................................ ................................
2. Be easily seen, exceptional ................................ ................................
3. Dress oneself in ................................ ................................
4. Make something more beautiful, ................................ ................................
to look well with something ................................ ................................
5. Make or become happy ................................ ................................
6. Be very noticeable because of
being unusual ................................ ................................
7. Make clear, to reveal ................................ ................................
8. Remove clothes ................................ ................................

44
Ex 14. Choose the best alternative from the phrasal verbs in the list to fill in the spaces.

set off  stick out  make up  take off  bring out


stand out  put on  light up

1. When she smiles, it ............................. her whole face.


2. This eyeshadow will ............................. the beauty of your eyes to full advantage.
3. She didn’t know what hat to ............................. to match her new coat.
4. The earrings will ............................. the colour of your eyes and the fine shape of your face.
5. If it is hot there you can ............................. your jacket ............................. .
6. I don’t like to see women to ............................. their faces in public.
7. They were all pretty, but she ............................. among them.
8. She has red hair that always ............................. in a crowd.

Ex 15. Unfortunately, when translating the adjectives the Russian words in the Memory
8 Box have got mixed up. Put them in the right order. Listen and check your answers.
MEMORY BOX

BUILD/FRAME – телосложение
1. large  тяжёлый ..........................
2. small  хрупкий ..........................
3. heavy  крупный ..........................
4. solid  стройный ..........................
5. stocky  плотный ..........................
6. slim  коренастый ..........................
7. delicate  маленький ..........................
FIGURE – фигура
8. graceful  тучный ..........................
9. perfect  грациозный ..........................
10. lean  пухленький ..........................
11. fat  с брюшком ..........................
12. stout  совершенный ..........................
13. paunchy  неуклюжий ..........................
14. clumsy  полный ..........................
15. plump  худощавый ..........................

Ex 16. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Сын такой же плотный как отец, но гораздо лучше сложен.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

45
2. Хотя Катя гораздо младше Маши, она такая же
сильная и высокая как Маша. TO COMPARE THINGS WE USE:
........................................................................... As ... as – такой же ... , как
...........................................................................  The girl was as beautiful as her
mother.
...........................................................................
3. Он был намного крупнее остальных членов Not so/as ... as – нe такой ... , как
 He is not so tall as his father.
команды, но такой же стройный как они.
The same ... as – такой же ... , как
...........................................................................
 Tom is the same age as George.
...........................................................................
Much/far – намного/гораздо
...........................................................................
 Mary was the fifth child and
4. Нина немного ниже, но гораздо толще, чем ее her father was much older than
подруга. mine.
........................................................................... A bit/a little – немного
...........................................................................  My brother is a bit shorter than
........................................................................... me.
5. Она не такая тоненькая, как сестра, но такая же Twice as ... as – В два раза старше
грациозная.  He is twice as old.
........................................................................... Half my age – в два раза моложе
...........................................................................  He is half my age.
...........................................................................

9 Listening
You’ll listen to three word-portraits. After listening to the texts twice mark the picture which
corresponds to the description.

46
Ex 17. Put the words from the box into the chart. Translate the whole phrase into Russian.

HAVE BE WALK (NOT) LOOK

with a stoop
oneself
сильно измениться
..........................................................................................................
one’s best
..........................................................................................................
broad shoulders
slim at the waist ..........................................................................................................

of medium height ..........................................................................................................

with a halt/limp ..........................................................................................................

6 feet high ..........................................................................................................

oneself ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

47
Ex 18. Read the passages. Match the headings below to the passages (1–4). Highlight the words
in the text to prove your point. There is one extra heading in the list.

A. Red-Heads always stand out. D. A photographer’s model, isn’t he?


B. A Very neat woman. E. Not slim, but nice to look at.
C. Ms Perfect.

MEMORY BOX
STATURE – рост, стан, фигура
 1. “She had heard there was a Mr Lynch
coming from their branch. He had obviously imposing – представительный
arrived. He wasn’t tall, about her height. He tall – высокий
short – маленького роста
was handsome, and he had blue eyes and
middle-sized – среднего роста
straight fair hair that fell into his eyes. He
had a smile that lit up the room.”
 2. “What does she look like, this Polly?” Ria asked Gertie. “Mid-thirties, I imagine. Red hair,
very smart, keeps herself well. She comes in about once a month. You’ll like her, she’s
really nice.”
 3. “Barney’s wife was a large comfortable looking woman. Mona moved with ease and
confidence amongst guests. She wore a navy wool dress and had what must have been
real pearls around her plump neck. She was

ë
probably in her mid-forties, like her husband.” Vocabulary Note:
 4. “Yes, you have a will of iron, “ Ria said looking at TO DRESS:
her friend with admiration. Rosemary so tall and 1. put on clothes
 Have you finished dressing?
blonde and groomed, even at the end of a day
 We don’t dress for dinner
when everyone else would be flacking.” nowadays
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy) 2. wear clothes
He has to dress well in his
position.
Ex 19. There was a bank robbery in Western London. BE DRESSED IN – BE WEARING
Suppose you are a witness to this crime and help the  She is always dressed in an
police to identify the robber. Use the following key words elegant suit.
and phrases to describe him.
WEAR – have on the body
1. Age: elderly, middle-aged, young, under 30, past 40...  He was wearing a hat/
spectacles/a beard/a ring on
2. Height: tall, short, over 5 feet 6 inches, of middle
the finger.
height...  She never wears green.
3. Build: slim, stout, thick neck, broad-shouldered ...
4. Face: long, round, thin, wrinkled, oval ... “Rosemary went to the bank on
5. Hair: long, straight, curly, blond, bald-headed, ... Friday mornings. The girls there
6. Eyes: close-set, dark-eyed, small ... admired her a lot. Always dressed
immaculately, and it seemed as if she
7. Nose: straight, hooked, ... were wearing a different outfit each
8. Ears: stick out ... time until you looked carefully.”
9. Distinctive marks: freckles, a mole on his right cheek, (from “Tara Road”
a beard, a moustache ... by Maeve Binchy)

48
Ex 20. Talk about the people in the pictures. Use the words and phrases in the Memory Boxes
to describe:

a) the figure
b) the shape of the face
c) the cheekbones and cheeks
d) the nose
e) the eyes and eyebrows
f) the hair
g) give its general appraisal
N. Altman
The Portrait of Anna Ahmatova
(1914)
Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn
An Old Man in Red
(1652–54)

I. Levitan
Selfportrait
B. Kustodiev
(1880)
The Merchant’s Wife
(1918)

2.2 Character
Different. Different Again

... I’ll let you into a secret. Do you know what is the most valuable thing
you can hope to collect? People. I’m a collector of people. I look at them,
I observe them, I hear them talk, I listen to their manner of speaking and
I think, hallo, here’s another one. Different. Different again. Because, I’ll
let you into a secret, they are like fingerprints. They
are never quite the same. Some good, some bad,
Beauty is but skin deep. – Красота
all different.
приглядится, а ум вперёд пригодится.
(abridged from a short play “A Talk in the Park”
by Alan Ayckbourn) Handsome is as handsome does. –
Красив тот, кто красиво поступает.
(Proverbs)

49
Ex 21. Complete the sentences. Fill in the

MEMORY BOX
A MAN/INDIVIDUAL/ 10
spaces with the words from the Memory Box. PERSONALITY
character – характер
1. He is a nice old ......................... . 2. My aunt
human nature – человеческая при-
is a very good-natured ......................... . 3. She рода
is very different from all people I know. They say characteristic feature/trait/a trait
she is an impressive ......................... . 4. When of character – черта характера
a woman is not beautiful, people often say that she split personality – противоречивый
has a very nice ......................... . 5. She is amiable характер
and well-balanced. I like her exactly for these quality – свойство
......................... . 6. Two ......................... in the behaviour – поведение
merit – достоинство
American character are generosity and energy.
weakness – недостаток
7. Nobody could understand what her real
virtue – добродетель
......................... towards this man was. 8. He is very sin – порок
sharp, he knows how to talk to people. This is his attitude (towards) – отношение (к)
......................... . 9. She is very sensitive, and it is
her ......................... .

11
Ex 22. Translate the adjectives in the list below. Match them with their opposites in the
Memory Box. Listen and check your answers.

inert – ...................... , cool – ......................,


callous – ......................, slow – ...................... , modest – ...................... ,
nervous – ...................... , irrational – ...................... , gloomy – ...................... ,
easy-going – ...................... , ...................... , unreliable – ...................... ,
lazy – ...................... .
MEMORY BOX

INNATE QUALITIES
active – активный ........................ ........................
quick – быстрый ........................ ........................
cheerful – весёлый ........................ ........................
calm – спокойный ........................ ........................
composed – уравновешенный hot-tempered – вспыльчивый
emotional – эмоциональный ........................ ........................
neat – аккуратный slovenly – неряшливый
serious – серьёзный ........................ ........................
sensitive – чувствительный ........................ ........................
ambitious – честолюбивый ........................ ........................
arrogant – надменный ........................ ........................
trustworthy – надёжный ........................ ........................
sensible – разумный ........................ ........................

50
Ex 23. Answer the following questions using the words from the Memory Box above.
1. Who seems always happy? A cheerful person.
2. Who is easily hurt? ..........................................................................................................
3. Who can be called an unfeeling, indifferent person? .............................................................
4. Who seems not to be excited, untroubled? ..........................................................................
5. Who likes to have everything tidy, in good order? .................................................................
6. Who doesn’t show too high opinion of his merits and abilities? ...............................................
7. Who behaves in a proud superior manner? .........................................................................
8. Who is solemn and thoughtful? ........................................................................................

12
A WORD MAP “POWER OF MIND”
MENTAL ABILITY EDUCATION

stupid – – intelligent illiterate – – educated


silly – – clever ignorant – – learned
foolish – – wise
narrow- – – broad-
minded
dull – – bright minded
POWER OF
MIND
– gifted slow- – – quick-
mediocre – minded minded
– talented
blunt – – witty
ordinary – – genius slow – – smart

GREAT NATURAL ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND


ABILITY THINGS

Ex 24. Match the words in column A with their translation in column B.


A B 1
1. bright a) несообразительный 2
2. gifted b) остроумный 3
3. half-witted c) смышлёный 4
4. ignorant d) посредственный, заурядный 5
5. smart e) тупой 6
6. mediocre f) заурядный
7
7. slow-minded g) находчивый, толковый
8
8. blunt h) невежественный
9. illiterate i) слабоумный, придурковатый 9
10. ordinary j) безграмотный 10
11. dull k) одарённый 11
12. witty l) непонятливый, туповатый 12

51
Ex 25. Do the crossword puzzle. How do we call:
Across 
1. a person who received systematic intellectual training at school and high school?
2. a talented person?
3. a person having a great power of learning and understanding things?
4. a person with second-rate mental ability?
5. a clever skilful person having a good quick brain?

Power of Mind

6 1 7
e d u c a t e d
2

Down 
6. a person having much knowledge?
7. a gifted person?
8. a person unable to read or write?
9. a person knowing very little, almost nothing?

52
Ex 26. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Настоящий учёный должен быть умным и хорошо образованным, он также должен
обладать широким кругозором.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Сейчас в Европе практически нет безграмотных людей, но многие довольно неве-
жественны.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Мой друг очень начитанный и остроумный, с ним никогда не скучно.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Я не могу сказать, что он очень хорошо образован, но он сообразительный и толковый.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Что вы думаете о его картинах? – Боюсь, что он не очень талантлив. Довольно по-
средственные работы.
......................................................................................................................................

MAN AND OTHER PEOPLE

13
ATTITUDE TOWARDS OTHER PEOPLE

Other
Humane Straightforward Noble Severe
Features
affectionate friendly frank hypocritical polite strict dominant
любящий дружелюбный откровенный лицемерный вежливый строгий авторитарный
kind amiable ingenuous sly reserved cruel firm
добрый любезный бесхитростный хитрый сдержанный жестокий твёрдый
gentle good-natured cunning meek wicked pushy
мягкий добродушный коварный кроткий злой давящий
tender warm-hearted hostile
нежный сердечный враждебный
faithful sympathetic
преданный сочувствующий

53
Ex 27. What prefixes or suffixes form the opposites of these words? Complete each of
14
these word forks. Listen and check your answers.

merciful – милосердный  honourable – уважаемый, благородный


competent – компетентный  just – справедливый  honest – честный
selfish (x2) – эгоистичный  tactful – тактичный  demanding – требовательный
respectful – почтительный  sincere – искренний  reliable – надежный
friendly – дружественный  fair – справедливый  loyal – верный
faithful (x2) – преданный  considerate – заботливый, внимательный

...................... ...................... ......................


......unfair...... .....disloyal..... IN- inconsiderate
...................... DIS- ...................... ......................
UN- ...................... ......................
......................
......................
...................... SHOULD + VERB
надо, следует
Meaning:
...................... 1. Moral obligation
....tactless....  A doctor should be gentle and considerate.
...................... -LESS 2. Advice
......................  You should be more careful.
3. Disapproval
 You shouldn’t treat her like this.

Ex 28. What character traits SHOULD/SHOULDN’T these people have?

SHOULD SHOULDN’T

1. a boyfriend / a girlfriend ...gentle... ...dominant...


2. a wife / a husband ..............................................................................................
3. a parent ..............................................................................................
4. a teacher ..............................................................................................
5. the director ..............................................................................................

54
15
Listening
An Elegant End-Game

I. After listening to the story twice choose the answer (a–c) which you think fits best according to
the text. Tick the right answer.

1. Were Antonio Gomes and Marka-da-Dilva personally acquainted?


 a) No, they were not. But they played chess on the Internet.
 b) Yes, they met at some chess tournaments.
 c) No, but they knew each other as good chess-players.

2. Had they ever had a game of chess?


 a) They had never played chess.
 b) They only read about each other in chess tournament reviews.
 c) Yes, they had been playing chess by correspondence for two years.

3. Why did Antonio propose to Marka?


 a) she was a very beautiful woman.
 b) by her manner of playing he found out what a nice person she was.
 c) He had to because she had won the game.

II. Listen to the text again and tick Marka-da-Dilva’s character traits that are
mentioned in the text. There are five extra adjectives in the list.

 clever  persistent
 kind-hearted  generous
 tactful  delicate
 talented  touchy
 firm  sensitive

Character is the expression of


the personality, it reveals itself
in his conduct.

55
Ex 29. How do you or your friend demonstrate these characteristics?
Sociable – I am sociable because I love being with other people.
Sympathetic – I think he is sympathetic because...
Ingenuous – ............................................................................................................................
Reserved – .............................................................................................................................
Loyal – ....................................................................................................................................
Sly – .......................................................................................................................................

Ex 30. Render the story in English paying special attention to the words in italics.

Рекомендательные письма1

Один джентльмен искал помощника (assistant) в свой офис. Около 50 юношей ответили на
его объявление (advertisement). Джентльмен вскоре выбрал одного.
Друг спросил его: «Хотел бы я знать, как ты выбрал этого юношу. Ведь у него не было ни
одной рекомендации»
«Ты ошибаешься, – сказал джентльмен, – их было много. Он вытер (wipe) ноги, когда вошёл,
закрыл дверь. Ясно, что он аккуратен и любит порядок. Он немедленно уступил место (give
up his place to) старому человеку, показывая, что он добр и почтителен. Он снял шляпу,
когда вошёл, и отвечал на мои вопросы уважительно, показывая, что он вежлив. Он поднял
книгу и положил её на стол, тогда как все остальные не сделали этого. Это показывает, что
он очень внимателен. Он спокойно ждал своей очереди (turn), а не расталкивал (push
asunder) других. Это говорит о том, что он скромен и тактичен. Когда я говорил с ним, я
видел, что его одежда чистая, волосы причёсаны (comb), что у него чистые ногти. Всё это
значит, что он получил хорошее воспитание. Разве ты не назовёшь все эти вещи
рекомендательными письмами? Я уверен, что он будет верным и надёжным помощником».

1
The Reference
MEMORY BOX

ATTITUDE TOWARDS LIFE


16
Volitional Powers
strong-willed – волевой weak-willed – слабовольный
brave – храбрый fearful – боязливый
daring – отчаянный cautious – осторожный
courageous – мужественный coward/cowardly – трус/трусливый
independent – независимый dependent – зависимый

56
MEMORY BOX
DECISION MAKING
17
resolute – решительный doubtful – сомневающийся
persistent – настойчивый submissive – покорный
stubborn – упрямый flexible – податливый, уступчивый
obstinate – упорный, упрямый amenable – сговорчивый
decisive – решительный hesitant – нерешительный

MAN and PROPERTY


spendthrift – расточительный, economical – экономный,
мот бережливый
generous – щедрый greedy – жадный
stingy/mean – скупой

Ex 31. What kind of person:


1. is able to stand up to difficulties? ...firm, strong-willed...
2. is unable to take a decision? ............................................................................................
3. can show resistance to pressure? .....................................................................................
4. is capable of prolonged effort? ...........................................................................................

Ex 32. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Я не думаю, что он трусливый человек, он просто осторожный.
.......................................................................................................................................
2. Мой дед был смелым и мужественным солдатом.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Наш сын очень упрям. Его трудно заставить изменить свое мнение, даже если оно
неправильное.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. У моей подруги очень сильная воля, она может придерживаться любой диеты, а я
слабохарактерная.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Мой брат так и не женился. Он говорит, что он независимый и любит свободу.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Мне было жаль её, она боязливая и выглядела такой потерянной (lost) в этой толпе.
.......................................................................................................................................

57
MEMORY BOX
MAN and HIS WORK
18
hard-working – трудолюбивый lazy – ленивый
diligent – прилежный idle – бездельник
committed – преданный careless – беспечный
punctual – пунктуальный loose – небрежный, безответственный
accomplished – получивший
хорошее образование/воспитание

Ex 33. With the prefixes given in the chart form the opposites of the adjectives in the box.
responsible – ответственный  skilled – квалифицированный
competent – компетентный  concerned – озабоченный
disciplined – дисциплинированный  attentive – внимательный

IR- UN- IN-


..............................................................unskilled............................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Ex 34. What person can be described by these idioms:

As busy as a bee. – A hard-working person.


IDIOMS

1.
2. As merry as a cricket. ....................................................
3. As true as steel. .............................................................
4. As slippery as an eel. .....................................................

58
Read the horoscopes and find out what to expect from your friends, family and love life!

Aquariu
s xèDâï
21 Janua Éèêá
ry – 19 F èëz
éêfâlWåz Aquaria ebruary
Capricorn xDâñ ns are b
20 January road-m
22 December – king,
energet
ic, fr inded,
rn s a re a m b itious, hard-wor ideas, im iendly, full of u
Caprico anding. practica nusual
it hf u l, p a ti en t, serious, dem unpred l, touch
y
fa tine, ictable. and
jo y so lit u d e, like a fixed rou need fr They ar
They en s of new eedom e think
to p la n a nd often suspiciou and ind
epende
ers,
lik e nce.
ideas.

T H E 12 S T A R S I G N S
Pisces x
Dé~fëgò
20 Febr z
uary –
Pisces a 20 Mar
re abse ch
careless n t-minde Éèêgòz
, emotio d, artist Aries xD pril
unselfis nal, sen ic, h – 20 A impatient,
h and la s itive, 21 Marc ss, t they
don’t lik c k ambit re fearle ate, bu
e hurtin ion. The Arians a co n s id e r
people g peop y e and in nctual a
nd
first. le , put ot impulsiv e r s , p u
her fect lea
d e to be
are per . T h e y don’t lik
itted resee
quick-w o , don’t fo
at t o d results.
told wh d w a n t quick
s an
problem

z
xDíiêèë Gemini
Taurus y xDdÉã
– 21 Ma 22 May få~fz
21 April at – 21 Jun
s e s a re g odo
atient, Geminis e
Tau r u
m e t h o dical, p commu
are ada
ptable,
ing, low to
garden - c e ntred, s .
nicative
, light-he
practica
l, s e lf ubborn witty. T arted,
le , r e li able, st t monoto
hey don
’t like
anger, s
tab ve grea ny, they
c h a nges, ha the go, are alw
They ha
t e , need ays on
v e g o od food and ha
love va
riety an
, lo d
warmth p ossessio
ns. ve sudd
en moo
c hange
a n d d swing
security s.

59
Cancer
xDâñåë
22 June èz
– 23 July
Cancer
s are go
imagina od cook
tive, sen s, home
travelle sitive, se loving,
rs. They ntimen
stay in get ups tal, goo
one pla et easily d
ce, need , like to
to feel s z s,
afe. Dägès ust nerou
Leo x 3 A u g fu l , g e
y
ly – 2 tive, faith ident. The
24 Ju r e a co n f to
are c , self- oices, like
Leos i s e r s
organ ir v
of the ion, love
good u n d nt als
he so f atte s individu
like t t r e o
e cen ine a
be th need to sh
r,
powe eaders.
sl
and a
îbWÖèsz er
Virgo xD 3 S eptemb
us t – 2 ating,
24 Aug r it ic a l, discrimin etails,
re c bering
d
Virgos a a t remem al. They
fussy, g
o o d
o d e s t , pra ic
c t
m
arners, an be
good le t o relax, c
a r d
find it h
ical.
hypocrit Libra xDägÄêèz
– 23 October
24 September ing,
bitious, charm
Librans are am le,
lomatic, soci ba
considerate, dip
find friends
unselfish. They to
ile a lot, need
everywhere, sm stice.
balance and ju
áèsz find harmony,
Scorpio xDëâié
November
24 October – 22 ous,
ractive, courage
Scorpios are att strong
loyal, secretive,
good parents, don’t trust
are stubborn,
silent type. They gh they
p le a nd ca n be cruel. Thou Sagitta
peo have a rius
live with they 23 Nove x?ëñdfDíÉèêáè
are difficult to self- mber – ëz
lity and a good Sagitta 21 Dece
magnetic qua rians ar m ber
good-h e deep
control. umoure thinker
d, kind s, extra
minded to othe vagant
, optim r s , ,
They ha is t ic , outdo o p e n-
ve lots o or type
on the b f intere s.
right sid sts, love
e. sport, lo
ok

60
Ex 35. Read the horoscopes and say to what extent the descriptions are true.
MODEL: My friend was born on May, 2. He is Taurus. That’s right, he is really very stubborn.

That’s not true, he/she isn’t ...


............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Ex 36. You disapprove of your friends’ actions and give SHOULD + HAVE + Participle II
advice. Write sentences according to the model. нужно было, следовало бы
Meaning:
MODEL: I invited Lizzy for a quiet weekend at my place.
1. Criticism of the past action
She was bored to death, the weekend was  He felt hurt, you should have
completely ruined. – Lizzy / Saggitarius / taken more interest in his
outdoor type / invite/ a cycle run. problem.
Lizzy is Saggitarius, an outdoor type. You 2. Disapproval
should have invited her for a cycle run.  You shouldn’t have spoken to
him like that.

1. Vlad got angry with me the other day. Aquarius / 3. Regret


 It was his birthday yesterday.
touchy / not laugh at I should have called him.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
2. Dick left his bag on the bus yesterday. Pisces / absent-minded / remind.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Maria got mad at me and left the office on Friday. Aries / don't like to be told what to do / know
her better.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Paul got weary of staying at my Mum's cottage in the country. Gemini / love variety and
change / make a trip abroad instead.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
5. I took Diana's advice and bought the dress. Now everybody says it doesn't suit me. Virgo /
hypocritical / not follow her advice.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

61
6. Barry got drunk and ruined the party. Leo / like to be the centre of attention / let him tell
everybody about his hiking trip.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Oliver doesn’t speak to me. Scorpio / secretive / not be nosy.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
8. We failed to make Dmitry change his mind. Taurus / stubborn / try to reason with him.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
9. Natasha left early yesterday evening. Capricorn / serious, enjoy solitude / not make her listen
to the heaps of gossip.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 37. What one word would you use to describe your relations and friends?
MODEL: “She was talking about her remote father who never seemed at all interested, her
difficult, disappointed mother who snapped out a series of criticisms rather than
having a conversation.” “What one word would you use to describe her?” Declan
asked. “Regretful. That’s the word. She always regrets something. Like nobody has
any manners anymore, or how expensive everything has become, or that I married
Alan or that I left Alan…” (from “Heart and Soul” by Maeve Binchy)

...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

Ex 38. These are some characters from Maeve Binchy’s novel “Tara Road”. Read the abstracts
and say how you’d characterize these people.

“The door was opened by a dark, good-looking man in his early forties. He came down the steps
his hand stretched out. Marilyn frantically searched for his name …I’m Colm Barry, neighbour and
friend… Marilyn looked at him gratefully. He seemed to tell her what she needed to know and not
too much.”..............................................................................................................................

“Martin was pale and anxious…There was something about him that lacked enthusiasm and fire.
He looked slightly worried about things and spoke pessimistically. There was a problem
connected with everything.” .....................................................................................................

62
“Coleman was 48, with two bad divorces decades earlier, no children, thank God. Because of the
tacos, he was thick and slow, with a drooping stomach and large flashy cheeks. Coleman was not
pretty, but he was certainly lonely.” ...........................................................................................

Ex 39. Complete the following sentences.


1. If you want to be popular with others you must be ........................... .
2. I think that what makes a student unpopular with others is ........................... .
3. In my opinion, the traits of character which people appreciate in their political leaders
are ........................... .
4. To make a good friend (чтобы стать хорошим другом) one has to be ........................... .

Ex 40. Complete the dialogues.


1
A: ....................................................
B: ....................................................
A: Well, you don’t know him as well as I do. He is well-bred and pleasant to deal with.
B: She possesses a rare gift of listening to people without interrupting them.
A: I cannot but agree with you ....................................................
B: He fell in love with her at first sight.
A: Don’t you think they’re so different? She is full of joy and gaiety and he looks so sullen.
B: ....................................................
A: ....................................................
B: Well, extremes meet, they say.

2
A: ....................................................
B: He has a good sense of humour. It’s a lot of fun to be with him.
A: But he is a very ambitious guy.
B: Do you consider ambition to be a good trait?
A: ....................................................
3 A PLACE TO LIVE

1.

2.

 
Ex 1. Match paragraphs A–B with pictures 1–2.
A. I enjoy a rural lifestyle. There isn’t much pollution if you live outside a town. We see much
construction in the countryside nowadays. And I’m not surprised with such terrible prospects
within towns.

B. I like big cities. I always find there is nothing to do in the countryside. Urban areas, even with
their problems, offer people a much better life than in rural areas.

KEY TERMS

PLACE – (gen.) a building or area of land used for living.


HOUSE – a structure meant for living in. DWELLING – a formal
substitute for “house”. BUILDING – can also refer to structures
used not only as living space. RESIDENCE – a house especially
a large or dignified one. PREMISES – a house or building with
its outbuildings, land, etc.

64
3.1 Types of Dwellings and Premises
Ex 2. Use the prompts to discribe the types of the houses you see in the photos in the magazine.

Homes & Gardens


Styles
1 Decorating
Expert Advice

1. Detached house 3. Terraced house


2. Semi-detached house

Lawn Garage
stand alone/not joined line of several houses/
........................................
attach to/on one side
........................................ joined together
A detached house is a ........................................
........................................ ........................................
house that stands alone
and is not joined to another ........................................
house. There is often a big 4. Bungalow
green lawn in front of the
house.

PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS Front


OF PLACE garden
In front of/opposite – перед/напротив Fence
 There was a fountain in front of the
house. modern building/one floor/
 The house opposite to mine is painted ........................................
green.
one door
........................................
Вehind – позади ........................................
 The kitchen garden was behind the
house. 5. Cottage
At the back of – позади
 There is a cherry orchard at the back
of the house.
Next to/near (to)/close to/by/nearby –
около/возле/у/рядом с
kitchen
 Our summer cottage is by the river.
garden
 The hotel is near (to) the station. driveway
Round – за (поворотом)
 The shop is round the corner.
Outside – снаружи/вне
attractive small old building/
........................................
 The car is outside the garage, I’m
countryside
........................................
leaving soon. ........................................

65
Homes & Gardens
Styles
Decorating
Expert Advice

7. Country house
6. Weekend house/cottage/cabin

gate
veranda
hedge

large house/
........................................
place in the countryside/ historical interest/
........................................
........................................ a lot of land
spend weekends
........................................ ........................................
........................................
8. Block of flats

9. Multi-storey block of flats

Personal
parking
space
yard
multi-storey building/
........................................
many levels of floors
........................................
........................................
large building/flats
........................................
........................................
10. Skyscraper ........................................

11. Bedsit/studio

very tall/modern/city
........................................
........................................
........................................ one main room/
........................................
no separate bedroom
........................................
........................................

66
Ex 3. Match the words and phrases in column A with
those in column B. Grammar
A B
1. gate a) лужайка
“THERE + BE” CONSTRUCTION
2. lawn b) подъездная дорожка
3. kitchen garden c) внутренний дворик We use the there + be construction
when talking about the existence or
4. hedge d) огород presence of people, things, etc. in a
5. front garden e) цветник перед домом particular place. This construction
6. driveway f) живая изгородь has the meaning «есть», «имеется»,
7. patio g) ворота «находится», «существует». The
verb to be in this construction can be
used in different tense forms: there
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 is/are, there was/were, there will be
 There are nice cottages in the
suburbs of our town.
 There will be a big park here in
some years.
The verb to be agrees with the
Ex 4 subject that stands first.
A. Here is a word picture of an old house in Dublin. Have  There is a church and ten
you ever seen such a house? Tell about it (Where? cottages in the village.
When? How old? What was it like?).  There are a lot of blocks of flats
and a skyscraper in this area.

“And then they were


NEGATIVE FORM and
there. And they stood QUESTION
together in the overgrown
 Is there a telephone in your
front garden and looked room? – No, there isn’t. There
up at the house in Tara is no telephone in my room.
Road. “Look at the shape  Was there the gate when we
were here last? – No, there was
of the house,” Danny
not. There was no fence either.
begged her. “See how
Mind that the sentences: There is a
perfect the proportions book on the table. (На столе книга.)
are. It was built in 1870, a and The book is on the table. (Книга
gentleman’s residence.”…The bow windows had all the на столе.) have a different meaning.
The first one shows that there is
original woodwork. “Those shutters are over a hundred something (“a book”) in that place,
years old. The leaded glass over the door has no cracks the second one shows that the object
in it. The house is a jewel,” Danny Lynch said. (“the book”) we are speaking about
now or looking for is in that place
(“on the table”).

The corresponding Russian sentences begin with adverbial modifiers.


Russian English
В моей комнате есть телефон. There is а telephone in my room.
Вчера в институте было собрание. There was a meeting at the Institute yesterday.

67
B. Here is a description of a penthouse. Are there penthouses
in your city/town? What do they look like?

“Number 32 had been finished and the long top-floor


apartment had a wraparound roof garden with a view
stretching out towards the Dublin mountains. At night it would
look magnificent with all the city lights in between”.
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Ex 5. Read the passage. Find phrasal verbs having the following meanings in it.
The house Ria and Larry were admiring was not handed down to them from their parents. They
were dreaming of buying the house. The building was rather old. It dated back to the second half
of the 19th century. However the house was not falling apart. It was just in the state of neglect as
the previous owner couldn’t keep it up.

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Cause to remain in good condition ...............................
2. Have existed since a particular time in the past ...............................
3. Pass something from one generation to the next ...............................
4. Break into pieces ...............................

Ex 6. What do we call:
1. some rooms on one floor of a building used as a residence ....................................................
2. a house in a row of houses which are all joined together ......................................................
3. a house that stands alone ......................................................
4. a very tall building ......................................................
5. a row of bushes or tall plants, forming a boundary for a field or garden ...................................
6. roofed and floored open space, along the side(s) of a house ................................................
7. a house with only one storey .............................................

68
chimney roof

attic

balcony upper floor

ground floor veranda

front door

porch front steps back door


MEMORY BOX

storey/floor – этаж
We live on the second floor of a five-storey building.
two-storey/-storied building – двухэтажный дом
on the ground floor – жить на первом этаже
on the upper floor – жить на втором этаже двухэтажного дома
live
The bedrooms are usually on the upper floor.
on the top floor – жить на последнем этаже
at the front/back of the house – перед домом/позади дома

Ex 7. Fill in the gaps with the words from the box.


kitchen garden  house  dwelling  lawn  view
driveway  gate  veranda  the front door
roof  front steps  attic  garden  two-storey

We took a bus to get to our friends’ house. It was sixteen miles outside Oxford. The bus turned off
the main road and stopped. We had to walk the last two miles. Ten minutes later we came to the
(1)........................ to the private property. The place was so quiet, so beautiful. We could see the

(2)........................ across a big green (3)........................ . The house rose like a tower on the hill.

The (4)........................ was very old, but in good repair. It was a house with a (5)........................ ,
from the windows you could see the entire valley. It was a (6)........................ building with an
(7)........................ . It had a red tile (черепичный) (8)........................ and a big (9)........................

which ran along its front. There was a gravelled (10)........................ to the garage. One could see
a wonderful (11)........................ and a small (12)........................ near the house. Nobody was in
sight. So, we climbed the (13)........................ and rang (14)........................ bell.

69
Ex 8. Read the advertisement in TNT Magazine. Who is this house ideal for? Why?

12 Сhesnat Road, York SY3 5 KF


ro
00 Eu A beautiful detached house with 2 bedrooms.
64,0 Close to: city centre, shops, schools, good public transport, etc.
Features include: Luxury bathroom and kitchen, two bedrooms,
small garden, living room with bay windows, central heating.

MA YKENBEL
Tel. 333-44-867 p r o p e r t i e s

1. A single person? .............................................................................................................


2. A family with children? ....................................................................................................
3. A student? ... It doesn’t suit a student, it’s too big and expensive. ...
4. A retired couple? ...............................................................................................................

Ex 9. Complete these sentences with a suitable phrase from the Memory Boxes.
1. The trouble with living .............................. is that you can never find a place to park your car.
2. They live on a hillside. Their living room window has .............................. the valley.
3. A lot of cars, buses and lorries go past our house: we live .............................. .
4. Our living room window .............................. the park, I enjoy the view.
5. If the lift isn’t working, I can’t imagine how we’ll get to the office, it is on ..............................

LOCATION/AREA/NEIGHBOURHOOD
MEMORY BOX

2
in the centre of the city/in the city centre – жить в центре города
in the suburbs – в пригороде
on the outskirts – на окраине
live in a residential area – в жилом районе
in a very quiet area – в очень тихом районе
near (to) the station/not far from the station – недалеко от станции
on/in a main/busy road – на улице с большим движением
have a view of/over the sea – из окна видно море
face north – выходить на север
look out on the park – с видом на парк
open onto/into (the garden) – выходить в (сад)
be set back (from) – не выходить непосредственно на дорогу или улицу
The windows in the bedroom face north. It’s a bit dark, but we don’t use it
during the day.
Our grandparents live in a very quiet area. There is no noise there.
The house was set back from the road and partly hidden by trees.

70
Ex 10. Fill in prepositions where necessary.
1. There were big steelworks .............. the outskirts of the town, half of the male population
worked there. 2. Though our house is .............. the suburbs of the city, it takes us only half an
hour to get to the city centre as we live near .............. the station. 3. I don’t like the place we live
in, the house is .............. a main road, so it is very noisy during the day. 4. The villa had a wonderful
view .............. the lake and the surrounding mountains. 5. The windows in the living room face
.............. south, so in summer we have to keep the blinds (жалюзи) down in the afternoon, there
is too much sun. 6. Our front door opens straight .............. the street, we have no front garden.
7. Their balcony looks .............. .............. the ancient square. The view is fantastic.

Ex 11. Complete the dialogue. Replace the words in brackets with the corresponding English
words.

A: Where do you live, Helen?


H: I live in Blackpool with my friend Colin in a beautiful flat (1) (на втором этаже) ........................
..................... . We don’t have a (2) (сад) ................................. but we have a (3) (большой
балкон с видом на море) .................................................... .
A: Do your parents live (4) (недалеко) .................................................... ?
Н: No, they live (5) (в деревне ) .................................................... near Blackpool. Their house
is small, but it’s very nice. It has a lovely garden (6) (позади дома) ............................
....................... and a wonderful (7) (цветник перед домом) .............................................. .
A: Do you have any brothers or sisters?
H: Yes, I have a brother. He lives in a town near Manchester. He rents a flat. It’s not very good,
I’m afraid. He doesn’t have a garden or a balcony. His flat is in a house (8) (на улице с большим
движением) ..................................................... He is looking for a new place to live.

71
Ex 12. Find pairs of antonyms in this list and put them down in the Memory Box. Listen
3
and check your answers.

clean  small  expensive  convenient  luxurious  noisy


not that clean  dirty  light  a real bargain  spacious  simple
tidy  quiet  untidy  affordable  inconvenient  dark

WHAT ARE THEY LIKE?


MEMORY BOX

+ –
... clean ... ... dirty ...
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................
............................. .............................

Ex 13. Find adjectives in the Memory Box which could describe:


1. a flat called a bedsit ... small ...
2. a house on the main road .......................
3. a flat in the remote residential area .......................
4. What a room! I’ve never seen so much mess and disorder .......................
5. a house near a supermarket and a bus stop .......................
6. a house near a park, far from the busy road .......................
7. a house with large rooms .......................
8. a house with very small windows .......................
9. a penthouse with a roof garden .......................
10. a small house on the outskirts of the city .......................

72
Ex 14. Write down five positive things and five negative things you could say about your house
or flat.

+ –
Which neg
Which positive features are the most ative featu
res do you
the most? hate
important for you?
The study is
Our country house is spacious. dark. It is de
................ pressing.
You can have your privacy. ......
................
................ ................
................ .
....................................................... ................ ................
................ .......
....................................................... ................ ................
................ .......
....................................................... ................ ................
................ .......
....................................................... ................
.......
.......................................................

Ex 15. What about your home? Put the words in the correct order to form questions. Answer the
questions.

1. live / you / do / a house / in / or a flat ? ................................................................................


2. If you live in a flat, floor / on / it / what / is? .........................................................................
3. If you live in a house, house / what / it / is / type / of ? ............................................................
4. got / a garden / you / have? .............................................................................................
5. the house(flat) / does / to you / rent / it / you / or / belong / do?
....................................................................................
6. your own garage / got / you / have? ...................................................................................
7. your place / dark / is / or light? .........................................................................................
8. noisy / is / your place / or quiet ? ......................................................................................

Ex 16. Think of friends or members of your family who live in these places:
in the same in the sa
me me villag
house as neighbourhood as me e/
inthe same town/cit
classmate Nick... ............................ ............ y
...my ............
.....

in a different pa ame
rt in the s ntry in another country
of the country the cou
part of ..... ............................
...........................
. . . . . . . . . . ...........
....

73
Ex 17. Fill in IT or THERE into the gaps.
Grammar
1. Our house is very old, but ................ is in good
condition. However, ................ are some rooms on the
upper floor that need redecoration. 2. His flat is on the
third floor and ................ has got a balcony. ................ “IT” or “THERE”?
is only one such a flat on that floor. 3. ................ are two In many kinds of English sentences,
new houses near the underground station. ................ we use IT or THERE in the subject
takes only fifteen minutes to get to the city centre. position.
We use pronoun IT for things,
4. My house is on a main road. ................ is rather noisy. animals, babies.
................ are many cars and buses on that road. 5. His
 Her cottage is very comfortable,
place is near the city centre. ................ is very but it is very damp in winter.
convenient for the shops. ................ are many shops
there. 6. ................ is a veranda along the south wall of Impersonal IT can be used in
expressions of time, day, distance,
the house. ................ is very nice to sit there.
etc. It can be also used to express
opinion about places, events,
situations.
Ex 18. Translate the sentences from Russian into  It is far from here to the
English. nearest town. It was strange to
meet you here of all places.
1. Большинство людей в России живут в жилых
районах в многоэтажных многоквартирных домах, Impersonal THERE is used to say
that something exists in a particular
но многие имеют дачи. Это небольшие дома с садом place, to introduce new information,
или огородом позади дома. 2. Нью Йорк – это город etc.
небоскребов, на последнем этаже которых рас-  I don’t like my flat. It (the flat)
полагаются роскошные квартиры с видом на is not light enough. There are
Центральный парк. 3. В Испании дома имеют two rooms that are especially
dark.
замечательные внутренние дворики, на стенах
домов цветы, но нет зелёных лужаек, так как там
очень жарко. 4. Мы живём на первом этаже, у нас нет
балкона. Наш сад на крыше, оттуда открывается очень красивый вид на реку. 5. Мой брат
построил двухэтажный дом в пригороде недалеко от станции. Веранда выходит на юг, на
ней можно загорать. 6. У бабушки на чердаке много интересных вещей. 7. Почему у вас
на крыше труба, ведь у вас центральное
отопление? 8. Современные роскошные
квартиры очень дорогие. Они большие,
просторные, очень удобные, но не все
могут позволить себе (afford) такую
квартиру.

74
3.2 Looking for a Place to Live
Connie and Richard Smart were looking for a place to live. They seriously considered two
opportunities: moving into Granny’s old house or buying a small house in the country, as they
both enjoyed a rural lifestyle. They had been dreaming of owing a house for many years.
The Smarts didn’t think of renting a house: paying rent to the landlord was a waste of money. As
for granny’s house, it was in the state of neglect and in addition it was too far from the city they
worked in. So, they decided against it. Buying a house was the only choice left.
Connie and Richard went to the real
estate agency and inspected the RENTING/BUYING A PLACE TO LIVE

MEMORY BOX
4
details of the houses on the offer. move into/out – переехать, вселиться/вы-
They were attracted by some of ехать
them and made an appointment rent a house/a flat – снять дом/квартиру
with the agent to see the houses. rent (out)/let a house/a flat – сдать дом/квартиру
Eventually a selection was made. rent – арендная плата
Besides being nice, the house was own smth – владеть
property – собственность, земельная собствен-
a real bargain.
ность
But property was expensive. The family real estate agency – агентство по покупке и
didn’t have enough money to pay for the аренде жилья/недвижимости
house immediately. The Smarts houses on the offer – дома, выставленные на
managed to save some money only for продажу
mortgage – ипотечный кредит
the down payment. They could buy the
down payment – первоначальный взнос
house only if a long term loan, called a pay back with interest over (25 years) – вернуть
mortgage, could be raised from a bank. кредит с процентами в течение (25 лет)
The mortgage was obtained. It was to be a bargain – выгодная покупка
be paid back with interest over 25 years. landlord – владелец дома или квартиры, сда-
Both of them working, they could afford ваемых внаем
it because they were to pay the money tenant – съемщик, временный владелец
back in fairly small sums once a month. condition of the housе – состояние дома
be in good repair – быть в хорошем состоянии
be falling into decay – приходить в упадок
be in the state of neglect – быть в запущенном
состоянии
Ex 19. Answer the questions.
1. What lifestyle did Richard and Connie prefer? 2. Why did they decide against moving into
Granny’s house/renting a house? 3. Where could Richard and Connie find out some information
about the houses on the offer? 4. What is a mortgage? Where can it be obtained?
5. What is a down payment?

75
Ex 20. A. Here are the plans of the houses Richard and Connie were shown at the real estate
agency. They didn’t like the first two. They chose the one you see in this picture. Describe the
house. B. Try to explain why Richard and Connie turned down the first two offers.

1. A. Connie and Richard fell in love with


........................................................................
this elegant stone house at first
........................................................................
sight…
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
living
........................................................................
room
B. 1) They had always dreamt of their
........................................................................
dining-
room S
living room and dining-room being full of
........................................................................
sun and light, but in that house…
........................................................................
E W
........................................................................
N
........................................................................
........................................................................
2. ........................................................................
........................................................................
2) They were looking for a nice quite
........................................................................
place, but that house…
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................

 
A 840

76
Ex 21. What do we call:
1. A person who rents a house from a landlord ....................................................................
2. A person who owns something as his property ................................................................
3. A payment made periodically for the use of a flat ..............................................................
4. A definite sum of money at the time of purchase with credit ..............................................
5. A bank loan to buy a house ............................................................................................

Ex 22. Helen is going to get married. Her Grandmother asks a lot of questions about her
husband’s-to-be place. Write the questions, read the answers first.

1. live / a flat or a house? ..................................................................................................


– A house.
2. own / the place or rent it?................................................................................................
– He bought it two years ago.
3. the house / expensive? ..................................................................................................
– Not, really.
4. get / mortgage / from a bank? ........................................................................................
– Yes, he did.
5. have got / a kitchen garden? ..........................................................................................
– No, just a small front garden.
6. in the city centre or in the suburbs? ................................................................................
– Robert isn’t a Trump. Of course, in the suburbs.
7. the house / fall into decay / when / buy? ..........................................................................
– No, it was in good repair.
8. house / comfortable? ....................................................................................................
– Rather. It has all modern coveniences.
9. house / a nice view? ......................................................................................................
– Oh, yes, just wonderful! It is the view that Robert bought, not the house.

Some Useful Phrases – Hello, my name


is Michael Swan. Have
you got a room to let?

– Yes, Sir. What


room do you want? – A furnished living
room with attendance.
(с обслуживанием –
уборкой, сменой белья,
полотенец)

77
– Hello, my name
is Allan Gold. I’m
calling about the ad. – Which one?

– One bedroom
apartment. I wonder, how – 660 EURO.
much the rent is.

– Oh, the rent – You won’t find


is rather high. anything cheaper in this
neighbourhood.

– This is Jack Collins.


I called about a two-bedroom
apartment two days ago. Is it
still vacant, I wonder?
– Yes, Sir.

– When can I
possibly have a look
at it?

– Is 6 pm all
right with you?

– One more question.


How much does the
agency charge?
– The agency’s
fee amounts to one
month rent.

– Thank you,
that’s what I heard.

78
Ex 23. Read and listen to the dialogues. Think of the ads for renting the places. The
5
people who called must have read such ads in the paper. Do you think they are going to
rent the places? Prove your point.

Rent
m a g a z i n e

.............................................................................................................................
Available 1st July
.............................................................................................................................
One-bedroom furnished flat
.............................................................................................................................
Reasonable rent
.............................................................................................................................
Convenient for shops and buses
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................

1 2
A: I’m phoning about the room you have to A: I saw your ad for a flat in the paper.
rent. B: Yes.
B: Yes. A: How many rooms has it got?
A: Is it still free? B: Three rooms altogether, a living room, and
B: Yes, it is. two bedrooms, and also a kitchen and a
A: Could you tell me something about the bathroom.
room? A: OK. Now, it is on the third floor…
B: Yes, it is on the tоp floor, it is quite a small B: That’s right.
room, but it is fine for one person. A: Is there a lift?
A: Is the room furnished? B: No, I’m afraid there isn’t a lift, it’s quite an
B: Well, it’s got a desk by the window, a bed, old building.
a cupboard and there is a chair… A: I see. And have the rooms got balconies?
A: What about a bathroom? B: One room has a small balcony but not the
B: Yes, there is a bathroom on the same floor. others…
A: OK. Could I come and have a look at it?
B: Oh, yes, certainly…

79
6
Listening
Mike is looking for a flat to rent. He discusses the problem with his friend Adam. Listen to the
dialogue twice. For the questions (1–4) choose the answer (a–c) which you think fits best
according to the text.

1. What was Mike doing in this part of London when he met Adam? 1
a) He was going to meet Mandy. c) He was looking for a flat.
b) He was going to his office. 2

2. Why was Mike looking for a new flat? 3


a) He needed a suitable flat for his family. c) He wanted to be Adam’s neighbour. 4
b) He didn’t like his old one.
3. Why was he going to rent a flat?
a) He had never bought a flat before. c) He didn’t want to borrow money.
b) He didn’t have money to buy a flat.
4. Who helped Adam to buy his flat?
a) The real estate agent. c) His brother lent him some money.
b) He got a mortgage from a bank.

3.3 Rooms and Interiors


bathroom bedroom

study

upstairs

downstairs
kitchen
hall living room
stairs

80
Ex 24. Join these ideas together to describe a flat. Use AND, BUT, SO where necessary.

new flat. It is n
I’ve got a ot far
from
the to
It has a living room an wn ce
d a kitchen. ntre.

.
of the sea
erful view
It has a wond ......................................................................
nt. ......................................................................
nv enie ......................................................................
It ’s co
It ’s n ......................................................................
ear
the
ma ......................................................................
in ro ......................................................................
ad.
......................................................................

Ex 25. Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.


1. 2. 3.
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE

under – под
 The suitcase is under the bed.
over/above – над
4. 5. 6.  There is a lamp over the table.
between – между (двумя)
 The sofa is between the
cupboard and the bookshelf.
among/amongst – среди
inside – внутри/в
7. 8.  The cups and saucers are inside
this kitchen cabinet.
at/along the wall – у стены
 There is a bookcase on the right
along the wall.
in the middle of the room – посреди
комнаты
1. The box is ........................ the table.
in the corner – в углу
2. The garden is ........................ the house.
on the right/ on the left of – справа/
3. There is a pond ........................ the house.
слева от
4. The man is standing ........................ the window. next to/beside – рядом с
5. The bookshelves are ........................ the pictures. in front of – перед
6. There is a nice little house ........................ the river.
7. The dog ran ........................ the corner. See also “Prepositions and
8. The picture is ........................ the sofa. Adverbs of Place” on p. 65.

81
Ex 26. In which room do you usually find these things? Divide them into four groups. Some
words can be used more than once.

dishwasher  wardrobe  mirror  sink  coffee table  washbasin  fridge


dressing table  TV set  lamp  armchair  shower  cooker
towel rail  chest of drawers  sofa  table
bookcase  standard lamp

LIVING ROOM KITCHEN BATHROOM BEDROOM


.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................

curtains blinds
A living room a standard lamp

a TV set
a sofa
a stereo system

an armchair

a coffee table a carpet

a lamp
A study
A bedroom a wardrobe
bookshelves

a computer
a lamp

a chair
bedside cabinet a double bed
a desk

82
A kitchen a sink
a kitchen cupboard

an electric (gas) cooker

a refrigerator

an oven

a dishwasher

A hall a mirror

a coat rack A bathroom a shower

a towel rail

an umbrella
stand
a mixer tap

a chest of drawers
a washbasin

a bath (tub)
a toilet (pan)

Ex 27. Describe the rooms in the pictures above. The prompts in the pictures and the table
“Prepositions of Place” on p. 81 will help you to talk about:

B. what y
room it is ou can s
A. the type of ee in the
room

C. where the things are n of the room


D. your opinio

83
Ex 28. Complete the sentences with the correct adverb PREPOSITIONS
or preposition. OF PLACE AND DIRECTION
On – to sit on the sofa, to put a vase
1. He puts the plates ............. the cupboard. 2. I took the on the top of the TV set / on the table
ham ............. the fridge, made myself a sandwich, and NOTE sit in the armchair
then put the rest of the ham ............. ............. the
In – in the house, in a little box
fridge. 3. I usually sit ............. the sofa and my husband
At – at the table, at the door/
sits ............. the armchair. 4. I normally cook it ............. window
the oven for about 40 minutes. 5. The mother took the Into – put smth into the fridge/
butter ............. ............. the fridge and put it ............. cabinet
the table. 6. I was bored, so I turned ............. the TV set. Out of – take smth out of the
7. I put ............. my pyjamas, got ............. the bed, cupboard
turned ............. the light, and went to sleep.

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


Ex 29. You are in the kitchen. Where Put away – put smth to its proper place
would you put these things? She put her clothes away in the dresser.
Put back – return smth to its proper place
1. Butter .............................. . Did you put my keys back?
2. Cake that you’re going to bake Put on – dress oneself in
............................... . 3. Dirty shirts Which shoes are you going to put on?
Take smth off – remove clothes, etc.
..................................... . 4. Dirty
He came in and took off his coat.
plates and cups .......................... .
Turn/switch smth on – make water/electricity flow,
5. Flour and sugar .................... cause smth work
......................... . He turned on the radio.
Turn/switch smth off – cause water/electricity to
stop flowing
I’ve turned off the water/gas. I turned off the tap.

Ex 30. Match the words to the pictures and complete the


descriptions below. a

a. sleep  b. write letters  c. do the cooking  d. have a bath


e. eat / have a meal  f. have/take a shower  g. listen to music
h. take off our coats and hats  i. watch TV  j. work

1. In the bedroom upstairs I ..................... at night.


2. In the kitchen Nora ..................... and on the week days we
..................... there.
3. The bathroom, that’s where we ..................... or ..................... .

84
4. We use the living room mostly in the evening that’s where we
..................... and ..................... .
5. The dining room isn’t used every day either, we .....................
there only at the weekend.
6. Every evening I ..................... in my study, I .....................
there.
7. I like our hall where we ..................... .

Ex 31. Read the description and tick whether the sentences below are right (R) or wrong (W).
Correct the wrong sentences.

My favourite room is the room I have under the house, in the cellar, which
is where I listen to music. It’s quite a big room, and it’s got hardly any
furniture – just an old carpet , a bookshelf full of CDs and a stereo system
with two big speakers. I can sit there and play music very loud, and no one
else can hear it. It’s great!
R W
  1. My favourite room is in the attic. ......................................................................
 
 2. It is a small room. ..........................................................................................
  3. There is a stereo system with two speakers there. ............................................
  4. The shelf is full of books. ................................................................................
  5. I can play music very loud in this room. ............................................................

Ex 32. Read the extracts. The rooms are beautiful, aren’t they? Underline the adjectives used
to describe the rooms and the things in them.

“They moved from a big open-plan living room with


its coloured rugs on the floor, with three white leather
sofas circling the fireplace, into the huge kitchen with
its breakfast table and dining table, into Greg’s study
lined with books from ceiling to floor on the three
walls and with its leather desk and a big black swivel
chair under one window.”

85
“The interiors were cool and spare, a lot of empty
wall space, pale wooden floors, kitchen fittings that
were uncluttered and minimalist...Ria fought to like
the clean lines seen in the artist’s impressions, and
as the project proceeded she visited the site often
and forced out the words of praise for a place that
seemed to her like a modern art gallery.”
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Grammar
THE WORD ORDER
Adjective + Noun
where from? Past Participle
quality/ size age shape colour или или material purpose noun
opinion Past Participle where from?

beautiful/ large old round brown French/ handmade/ wooden kitchen table
valuable handmade French

Ex 33. You are looking for some items of furniture you want to buy. Begin each sentence with
“I’m looking for a…”.

MODEL: plastic – good – clock – kitchen


I’m looking for a good plastic kitchen clock.

1. polished – beautiful – wardrobe – oak – antique – French


......................................................................................................................................
2. English – old – mansion – stone – lovely
......................................................................................................................................
3. table – ancient – round – marble – large – fine
......................................................................................................................................
4. leather – Italian – pair of – sofas – black – for the living room
......................................................................................................................................
5. Indian – wool – gorgeous – soft – hand-made – carpet
......................................................................................................................................

86
3.4 Interior Design and Redecoration
Ex 34. Read an extract from Maeve Binchy’s novel and answer the questions:
1. What was the room like when they first saw it?
2. What plans did Ria and Danny have for this magnificent room?

“They were like excited children as they wandered about the house planning this and that. “This
room could be something special,” Danny said. Anyone could see what perfect proportions it had:
the high ceiling, the tall windows, the big fireplace... The stained and chipped mantelpiece could
be renewed and made to look as it must have looked
when it was a gentleman’s residence. “We’ll get a
gorgeous soft wool Indian carpet,” Danny said. “And
look here, beside the fireplace do you know what we’ll
have – one of those big Japanese Imari vases. Perfect
for a room like this.”
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Some Useful Phrases

– I assume we
have settled the
exterior of the house,
haven’t we?
– Yes, red bricks for the
walls and red tiles for the
roof. And let me know
when the builders,
carpenters and plumbers
start working.

87
– I’d like to
discuss with you the
interior design.

– As for the
living-room, I’m
afraid there won’t be
enough light.

– We can make
a French window on the
east side. It’ll get all the
morning sunshine.

– I’m worried
about the wiring.

– Nothing to worry
about. The cable will
be built into the wall.

– Here is a rough plan of


the ground floor. The living-
room and the kitchen look out
on the garden.
– I see there is no
wall between the two
rooms.

– We agreed to
combine the living-room
and the kitchen,
didn’t we?

88
Decorating an Apartment

Whitewash the ceiling

Fit a bath and a toilet

Furnish the apartment

Paper the walls


Paint the wall white

They painted the kitchen blue. I don’t like the colour.


They whitewashed the ceilings and papered the walls.
Now they are going to furnish the flat.
MEMORY BOX

CONSTRUCTION
WORKERS
carpenter – плотник
brick-layer – каменщик
glass-cutter – стекольщик
painter – маляр
plumber – водопроводчик

89
Ex 35. Read and listen to the text in which the character of the novel Joe Lampton, is
7
being shown his new room. Look at the words in italics and say what was done to get the
room ready for Joe’s arrival.

Now, following Mrs Thompson into my room, I was Grammar


moving into a different world. “It’s marvellous”, I said.
The whole month they were redecorating the room.
I looked at it with incredulous delight: the ceiling snow-
white, new wallpaper vertically striped in beige and silver, THE PASSIVE VOICE
a bay window cream-painted extended for almost the to be + Participle II
whole length of the room with fitted cushions along it, a
divan bed that looked like a divan and not like a bed…and The Simple Tenses
a dressing table, a wardrobe and a writing table all the
TENSE ACTIVE PASSIVE
same pale satiny wood. Burning in the grate, the
Present ask(s) am
applewood gave an aromatic smell faintly flower-like. A
is asked
real fire was cheerful on a miserable day like this. There are
were three pictures hanging on the wall… Past asked was
asked
(from “Room at the Top” by John Braine) were
Future will ask will be asked

I. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple Passive. NOTE the action is done to the
subject:
1. The room (finish) .................................. last week.  He asks. – Он спрашивает.
2. The walls (paper) .................................. . I liked the  He is asked. – Его спраши-
вают.
wallpaper pattern very much. 3. The window (paint)
.................................. . It was big and gave much light. We use the passive when it is not so
4. A real fire (make) .................................. . It was important (or unknown) who or what
did the action:
nice and warm in the room, it made me feel at home.
 Rome wasn’t built in one day.
5. Three pictures (hang) .................................. over the
mantelpiece. I liked the skating scene best.

II. Use the prompts to make sentences as in the example.

1. redecorating the room  to redecorate ... The room was redecorated. ...
2. the ceiling snow-white  to whitewash ..........................................................................
3. new wallpaper  to paper the walls ................................................................................
4. the window cream-painted  to paint beige ..................................................................
5. a real fire  to make a fire/fireplace ..............................................................................
6. a flower-like smell  to fill the room ..............................................................................
7. pictures hanging on the wall  to hang ..........................................................................

90
Ex 36. Read the two descriptions of the world’s most famous architectural structures. Use the
verbs in brackets in the Active or Passive Simple.

I. The Egyptian pyramids are ancient pyramid-shaped structures


located in Egypt. They (belong) (1).................................. to the
Seven Wonders of the Ancient World.
The scientists (discover) (2).................................. 138 pyramids
in Egypt. Most (build) (3).................................. as tombs for the
country’s Pharaohs.
The best known Egyptian Pyramids (find) (4).................................. at Giza, on the outskirts of Cairo.
Several of the Giza pyramids (consider) (5).................................. to be the largest structures ever
built.
The earliest known Egyptian pyramid (design) (6).................................. by the architect Imhotep
who (plan) (7).................................. what Egyptologists believe to be a tomb for the pharaoh
Djoser. The Step Pyramid of Djoser (design) (8).................................. as a gigantic stairway by
which the soul of the pharaoh could ascend to the heavens.

II. St Paul’s Cathedral is the highest point in the City of London. It is the seat of the Bishop of
London. The present building (date) (1).................................. from the 17th century and (design)
(2).................................. by Sir Christopher Wren. The cathedral (build)

(3).................................. of Portland stone in a late Renaissance style. Its

impressive dome (inspire) (4).................................. by St Peter’s Basilica


in Rome. The cathedral is one of London’s most famous sights.
The Royal Family (hold) (5).................................. most of its important
marriages, christenings and funerals at Westminster Abbey, but St Paul’s
(use) (6).................................. for the marriage of Charles, Prince of Wales
and Lady Diana Spencer. The religious service for Queen Victoria’s
Diamond Jubilee also (celebrate) (7).................................. there.

Ex 37. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Покупка дома
(1)
Мр Палмер ищет новый дом. ...........................................................................................
He is tired of living in town, and he dreams of a small cosy house in a village.
Mr Palmer is talking to his real estate agent.
Агент: Well, Mr Palmer, here is the house I told you about, 26 Richmond Road. The owners of
the house are on holiday. I have the keys here.
Мр П: (2) Хм... Когда его построили? ................................................................................
(3)
А: Он был построен в 1928 г. ..................................................................................

91
Мр П: (4) Кто его построил? ..............................................................................................
А: I don’t know. Is it important?
Мр П: (5) Нет, не очень. У дома новая крыша? ..................................................... It looks new.
(6)
А: Она действительно новая. Её поставили (put on) в прошлом году. Посмотрите этот
дом. Он в очень хорошем состоянии (condition). Предыдущий хозяин был
строителем. ..........................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: The house is rather old. (7) Меня очень волнует (worry) электропроводка (wiring). Когда
в доме меняли проводку (rewire)? ..........................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(8)
А: 5 лет назад. В доме также cделали ремонт. Было установлено (put in) центральное
отопление, был построен гараж. ............................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(9)
Мр П: Дом далеко от города. ....................................................... What about the services?
(10)
А: Сейчас посмотрим. У меня здесь вся информация. Мусор вывозят каждый
четверг (dustbins/empty), почту доставляют (deliver) каждый день в 7.30, молоко
примерно в 6 утра. ................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: (11) Да, конечно, дом очень дешёвый. Я посмотрел много подобных домов... и они
гораздо (much more) дороже. ................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(12)
А: Да, это очень выгодная покупка (bargain). ..........................................................
Мр П: What are the plans for the development of this area?
(13)
А: Планы... ну, будет построена новая школа в следующем году... новая дорога,
вернее (actually) шоссе (motorway), будет построено тоже в следующем году. Так
что до Лондона добраться будет очень легко и быстро. ........................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: (14) А где точно (exactly) будет построена дорога? ..................................................
(15)
А: Мм... Она будет построена за домом, а мост будет сооружён над домом. Это будет
очень интересно. Вы сможете наблюдать (watch) за движением машин (the traffic).
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

92
3.5 The Housewarming Party

8
Listening
Connie invites Fiona to her housewarming party. Listen to the dialogue twice and answer the
questions.

I. Listen to the story twice and tick the statements that are true.

 1. Connie bought a cottage on the outskirts of the city.


 2. Connie has a small house with a big terrace.
 3. Connie has a small house with a big garden.
 4. Connie’s house is far away from the city centre.
 5. Connie’s house is near the city centre.
 6. It’s half an hour drive.
 7. It’s half an hour by bus.

II. Complete the following sentences with the words from the dialogue.

Connie calls Fiona to (1) ................................. party. She has a (2) ................................. country.
It is a (3) ................................. with a big (4) ................................. . Connie’s house is
(5)
.............................. from the city centre. You can get there (6) ................................. or
(7)
................................. . It is (8) ................................. by bus and (9) ................................. by
car. The party is at (10) ................................. on (11) ................................. .
E

MEMORY BOX

by bus.
W
N

by train.
I can get to work by tram.
by the underground.
on foot.

to get home.
I have to take a bus to get to the centre.
12, Friday House to get to your place.
7 o’clock warming
to get to my work.
PARTY

93
MEMORY BOX
in the very centre.
close to the centre.
I live near (to) the station.
(not) far from here.

H a p p y
in a small village.

housewarming
MEMORY BOX
from the centre.
from my office.
It is 5 minutes’
drive/ walk from my son’s school.
It is a 5 minute
to the nearest store /
supermarket.

Grammar
Далеко (на большом расстоянии)
POSITIVE FORM QUESTION and NEGATIVE FORM
A long way off Far away
 They live a long way off.  Is the post office far away?
 They don't live far away.
Far from
 The station is far from our house.
Довольно/очень далеко
 We walked rather a long way.
 They live a very long way off.
Близко (недалеко)
Near/not far from  We live near/not far from London.
Right/close by  The hotel is right/close by the station.

Ex 38. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Вы живёте далеко? 2. Его дом очень далеко отсюда. 3. Мы живём недалеко от пляжа.
4. Извините, супермаркет далеко отсюда? 5. Эта больница недалеко от центра города.
6. Я редко хожу в фитнес-клуб, так как я живу далеко от города. 7. Вокзал далеко, вам
придётся ехать на автобусе. 8. Я езжу на работу на машине, так как ближайшая станция
метро довольно далеко. 9. Почта очень близко от нашего дома, три минуты ходьбы.
DAILY ROUTINE 4
Early to bed and early to rise make a man
healthy, wealthy and wise.
Кто рано ложится и рано встаёт, здоровье,
богатство и ум наживёт. (Proverb)

People who don’t lead life of pleasure and idleness have a fixed way of doing things. They have their
ordinary routine duties. For them all the days from Monday to Friday are very much alike: the same
things are repeated from day to day. That’s what we call daily routine.
Now read what different people tell about their days.

4.1 Getting Ready for Work/School


1
Sally: “My life
seems to be ver
obligations, so y full of activitie
I never have m s and
During the wee uch time for m
k it is the worst. yself.
up at half pa I usually have
st six, even th to get
prefer to sleep ough I would
much later. Aft really
my usual mo er I get up I per
rning routine form
brushing my te o f washing my fa
eth. I don’t tak ce,
my hair every e a shower and
day. Very often w ash
that. Then I dec I don’t have tim
ide what to wea e for
I do my hair. I r. After I get dre
usually have n ssed
the morning b o ti me for breakfa
ecause I have st in
When I leave to catch a 7.15
for work I’m u b us.
always looking sually in a hurr
for my keys an y. I’m
d wallet.”

Ex 1. Look at the clock and answer the question.


1. – Excuse me, what’s the time?
– It’s five minutes to ten.
– Thank you.
– You are welcome.

95
2. – Do you have the time, please? What time is it?
– Yes, it’s ................................. .
– Thank you.
– No problem. Past
3. – What time is your English class?
– At ................................. . To
– In the morning?
– No, in the evening.
– Oh!
 It’s seven ten. It’s ten (minutes) past
seven.
4. – When does the train leave?  It’s seven fifteen. It’s (a) quarter
– It’s at ................................. . past seven.
– OK.  It’s seven twenty. It’s twenty
(minutes) past seven.
 It’s seven thirty. It’s half past seven.
 It’s seven forty-five. It’s (a) quarter
to eight.
 It’s seven fifty. It’s ten (minutes) to
eight.
 It’s eight sharp. It’s eight o’clock.
 I get up at seven o’clock.

GETTING READY FOR WORK


MEMORY BOX

set the alarm clock (for 6 o’clock) – уста-


новить будильник на
wake (smb) up – разбудить
get up – встать с постели
oversleep – проспать
go jogging – сделать пробежку
do morning exercises – делать зарядку
have a shower/a bath – принять душ/ванну
t my day doing all
Mark: “I usually star wash one’s hair – помыть голову
ybody does in the
the things that ever do one’s hair – уложить волосы
ve a wash, have
morning: I get up, ha have a shave/a wash – побриться/умыться
o used to getting
breakfast, etc. I’m als clean/brush one’s teeth – чистить зубы
in the morning.
ready for college have breakfast – завтракать
ings I need: the get dressed – одеться
I prepare all the th
pens and pencils. leave for work – уйти на работу
textbooks, notebooks,
ing is left behind. catch a (7.15) bus/train – успеть (сесть)
I make sure that noth
a late night, I на автобус/поезд
Sometimes if I have
ing. Fortunately,
oversleep in the morn
car to go to work
my father takes the
me off at the
and he often drops
college.”

96
– What’s happened?

– I’m looking for


my keys and wallet.

– I’ve left my driving


licence behind.

Grammar
EXPRESSING OBLIGATION AND NECESSITY
Forms:

MODAL VERB
PRESENT PAST FUTURE
Equivalent

must must — —
have to... have had to... will have to...
to...
has

Meanings:
MUST HAVE TO
должен должен – вынужден – придётся
1. The speaker is giving his own feelings 1. Obligation or necessity arising
saying he thinks it necessary. out of circumstances.
 I must visit my friend, he is ill.  I have to go back to Mike’s. I’ve left my bag
 I must call mother, I haven’t called at his place.
her since Sunday dinner.  We had to call the doctor. Dan had a fever.
2. A command, an urgent request.
 The doctor says I must stay in bed for three days.

We use do / does / did with have to in present and past questions and negative sentences.
 Did you have to wait long? No, I didn’t. They opened up at 10 sharp.
 I don’t have to get up early on Tuesday, it’s my day off.

97
Ex 2. Ask what Sally and Mark have to do in the morning. Say what they don’t have to do. Use
the prompts to write sentences.

1. Sally / make her breakfast // no time


Does Sally have to make her breakfast? Sally doesn’t have to make breakfast, she
doesn’t have time for that.
2. Sally / take her children to the kindergarten // go to school / school bus
......................................................................................................................................
3. Sally / do her hair at the hairdresser’s / every morning // herself
......................................................................................................................................
4. Mark / do his homework / in the morning // prepare for college
......................................................................................................................................
5. Mark / help his mother / in the morning // in the evening
......................................................................................................................................
6. Mark / to his college / go by bus // his father / by car / drop him off
......................................................................................................................................
7. Mark / walk the dog / before leaving for college // his mother
......................................................................................................................................

“SLEEPING” PHRASAL VERBS

Ex 3. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
wake up  get up  sleep in  lie in  stay up

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Stop sleeping ............................ ............................
2. Let yourself sleep later than usual in the morning ............................ ............................
3. Get out of bed ............................ ............................
4. Not go to bed at the usual time ............................ ............................
5. Stay in bed late in the morning ............................ ............................

Ex 4. In the box above choose the correct phrasal verb to complete the sentences.
1. I ............................ by mistake and was very late for work.
2. I have to leave early in the morning and I am afraid I won’t ............................ in time.
3. The children wanted to ............................ and watch the evening show.
4. I was so tired the day before that I couldn’t ............................ in the morning.
5. Though I wake up at 7 as usual I like to ............................ until 9 am on Sundays.

98
4.2 The Working Day Starts

Connie: “I’m a secretary. My working day


starts at 9 o’clock. I have to be at the office
by 9 am. I try to come 5 minutes earlier. I’m
never late for work. I usually arrive on time.
Sometimes I show up late because of the
traffic jam.”

Go through tons of
paper work.

Ex 5. Unfortunately, the translation of the phrases in the Memory Box has got mixed up. Put
the Russian phrases in the right order.

THE WORKING DAY STARTS


MEMORY BOX

1. arrive at the office at…  пить кофе на рабочем месте


/5 minutes earlier
2. be/come on time  пойти на ланч в столовую/
кафетерий
3. be/show up (5 minutes) late  болтать с коллегами
4. turn on the computer  прийти на работу в…/на 5 минут
раньше
5. look through the mail  пойти на прогулку
6. check the e-mail  пойти на ланч куда-либо
LUNCH BREAK
7. have lunch break at…  «выскочить» за бутербродом
8. go out for lunch  приходить вовремя
9. go down to the canteen/  проверить электронную почту
cafeteria for lunch
10. go out to get oneself  опоздать на 5 минут
a sandwich
11. have coffee at one’s desk  просмотреть почту
12. chat with the colleagues  перерыв на ланч в...
13. go out for a walk  включить компьютер

99
Ex 6. How does Connie’s working day start? Make sentences with the verbs on the left and the
phrases on the right. Some variants are possible.
1
1. First of all she turns on a) she goes out for a walk in the park.
2
2. Then she looks through b) her e-mail.
3. She checks c) for the lunch break. 3
4. She reads d) she has a cup of coffee at her desk. 4
5. By the time she has answered e) the computer. 5
the mail, it’s time 6
6. Usually she goes out f) to the cafeteria to chat with the colleagues.
7
7. When she has much work g) the faxes.
8. Sometimes she goes down h) to get herself a sandwich. 8
9. When the weather is fine i) the mail. 9
10. Sometimes she goes out j) for lunch. 10

Ex 7. What does Connie think about her work? Complete the sentences with MUST or HAVE TO.
Sometimes both variants are possible.

1. I must come to my office on time, I don’t want to lose the job. 2. I ............................. get up
at 7 o’clock to come five minutes earlier. 3. I ............................. finish reading the mail before
lunch, I want it to be ready by Mr Watson’s arrival. 4. When I have much work, I .............................
go out for lunch an hour later. 5. The boss says you ............................. look impeccable
(безукоризненный) at the office. 6. I .............................
type the letters carefully, I hate to make mistakes.
7. I ............................. eat my lunch at my desk
today, we expect an important call from our partners.
Grammar
8. Sometimes when we have a meeting I ................
............... stay at the office longer. 9. The weather
is so nice today, I’d like to go out for a walk
I ............................. be through with the mail before THE PAST CONTINUOUS AND
THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
lunch.
We often use the Past Simple and
the Past Continuous together to say
that something happened in the
Ex 8. Translate the sentences from Russian into English. middle of something else (some
action in progress):
1. Я нашла этого котёнка, когда гуляла в парке. PAST SIMPLE
I found this kitten when I was walking in the

park. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2. Она нашла это письмо, когда просматривала PAST CONTINUOUS
почту.
...........................................................................  I was driving to work when the
........................................................................... accident happened.

100
3. Мы пили кофе, когда позвонил директор.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Компьютер прекратил работать, когда я проверяла свою почту.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Когда я печатала эти документы, позвонили наши клиенты (customers).
......................................................................................................................................
6. Когда рабочий день начался, я всё ещё стояла в пробке (wait in the traffic jam).
......................................................................................................................................

Ex 9. Each of the sentences below contains a mistake. Correct the mistakes.


1. Hilary is in the bathroom, washing up her hair. ......................................................................
2. Can you drop me out on your way to work, please? ...............................................................
3. My children go to school with the bus. ................................................................................
4. I’m tired. Let’s go to home. .................................................................................................
5. No more television now! It's time to go to the bed. .................................................................

4.3 After School/Work

Liz: After sc
hool I someti
or just walk a mes go shopp
round town f ing
I come home o r a while. Wh
, I usually rela en
I listen to th x for some ti
e radio, watc m e.
my friends. I h TV or chat
get a quick sn wit h
doing my hom ack and start
ework. We usu
in the evenin ally have dinn
g at about 7 er
o’clock.

101
Ex 10. Sally’s mother always calls her on Saturday morning to know how her daughter’s week
was, if she managed to do everything she had planned. Translate Sally’s answers from Russian
into English.

Mother: Hello, Sally, how are you?


(1)
Sally: Здравствуй, мама. Спасибо, у меня все в порядкё. Но я очень
устала. Это была очень загруженная (busy) неделя. ...................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
Mother: I know, dear. You made such impractical (невыполнимый) plans for
the week, didn’t you?
(2)
Sally: Да, ты права, но всё это надо было сделать. В понедельник у
меня был назначен визит к врачу. (have an appointment with)
...............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Mother: That’s the first thing I wanted to ask you about. What did the doctor say?
(3)
Sally: Всё хорошо, мама. Врач разрешил мне ходить в фитнес-центр два раза в неделю.
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: I’m so glad, dear. Keeping fit is so important for you, you work so much. And did you
watch that new film with Kevin Costner on Tuesday evening?
(4)
Sally: Конечно, я получила огромное удовольствие. .....................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Mother: What did you do on Wednesday evening? Did you have your colleagues over for dinner?
(5)
Sally: Да, конечно. Это был очень приятный вечер ........................................................
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: I’m so sorry I couldn’t help with the
dinner. When did you do the AFTER WORK
MEMORY BOX

shopping? come/get home from work at


(6)
Sally: Я купила всё к обеду после be tired/hungry
визита к врачу. ........................... cook/have dinner
.................................................. go out for dinner
................................................. go shopping/do the shopping
Mother: Sally, and when are you going to watch TV/a film/a movie
listen to the radio
the Fitness Centre? What would
go to the theatre/the cinema
you like to do there? read a book/a magazine
(7)
Sally: Первое занятие было в четверг. go to a fitness centre/a swimming pool
Я занимаюсь аэробикой (do take a bicycle ride
aerobics). ............................. play tennis
................................................. meet friends
................................................. have an appointment with
Mother: That’s great! Did you meet Tom on have a date
go to bed early/have an early night
Friday evening as usual?

102
(8)
Sally: Конечно, мама. Мы ходили в театр, я же тебе говорила об этом на прошлой
неделе. ...................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Mother: Sorry, dear. Sometimes I forget things, you know.
(9)
Sally: Прости, мама. Я должна бежать. Сегодня суббота. У меня теннис в 11.00. Пока!
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: Bye, dear. Have a nice day!

Ex 11. Here is a list of things that some people do when they come home from work/shopping.
Unfortunately, the verbs have got mixed up. Put them in the right places. Draw lines to make the
connections.


collapse in the fridge
switch their bags
unpack on the TV
go to the bathroom
have in an armchair
look a drink

4.4 On the Go
2

Presenter: This is Robert Macmillan at Radio BBC. Good evening and welcome to this week’s
edition of “Look at Life”. Our topic today is “A Working Mum’s Day”. With me in the studio
today is Janet Ashby. She lives in Liverpool with her two children, Maggie and Tim. She works
full-time, and every day she feels that everything falls squarely on her shoulders as a single
parent.
Hello, Janet. Welcome to our studio. Do you feel that
your basic daily routine is just the same, day in and
day out, as though your life were one big “treadmill”?
Janet: You are quite right, I get up, take care of the
children, head off to work, come home and do the
chores, make dinner, help the kids with their
homework and collaps in exhaustion only to get up
the next day and do it again.
Presenter: Tell us about your day.

103
Ex 12. Read what Janet told the radio listeners, complete the text with the words from
3
the list below. Listen to the text and check your answers.

make dinner  leave the house  have breakfast  drop the children off
get dressed  do the ironing  get up  make the beds  wake up the children
do the shopping  have a shower  make some sandwiches
have a break for lunch  do the housework  go to bed  leave the house
get breakfast ready  loads the dishwasher

On weekdays, I (1)......................... at half past six, (2).........................and wash my hair.


I ......................... and (4)......................... at seven. Then I (5)......................... and we all
(3)

(6).......................... After breakfast I (7)......................... my son Tim (8)......................... . Then

I (9)......................... for lunch. We


(10)......................... at half past eight. I

drive to work after I (11)......................... KEEPING HOUSE –


MEMORY BOX
at school. вести домашнее хозяйство

I work nine to five, but I always (12)............. do the housework – делать работу по
дому
.................. at twelve. If the weather is
do the chores – выполнять домашние
fine, I go for a walk after work but usually обязанности
I have to (13).......................... I never get load the dishwasher – складывать посу-
home before the children. They do their ду в посудомоечную машину,
homework while I (14)......................... and do the washing up/wash up – мыть посуду
(15)......................... . We rarely eat before make/cook dinner/lunch – готовить обед
seven, so when we’ve finished dinner it is get breakfast ready – готовить завтрак
almost bedtime. I make some phone calls, do the shopping – делать покупки
do the ironing – гладить
or (16) ......................... and watch TV. I am
do the washing – стирать
always very tired in the evening, normally tidy up – убирать
I (17)......................... before ten and read for put smth straight – приводить в порядок
half an hour before falling asleep. help about the house – помогать по
хозяйству
HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCES:
washing machine – стиральная машина
dishwasher – посудомоечная машина
vacuum cleaner – пылесос

Be on the go – be busy doing an endless


number of various things without any rest –
вертеться как белка в колесе.

104
Ex 13. Now you’ll watch the film shot by the programme
team for the compaign “Help the Working Mum.” Watch Grammar
the film and write the subtitles.

1 2 3

THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS


TENSE

to be + -ing (Participle I)

POSITIVE FORM
Janet is getting up. .......................................................
I am reading
4 5 6 he/she/it is reading
we/you/they are reading
I’m reading, he’s reading,
we’re reading

NEGATIVE FORM
I am not reading
.................................................................................. he/she/it is not reading
we/you/they are not reading
7 8 9
I’m not reading, he isn’t reading,
we aren’t reading

QUESTION
Am I reading?
Is he/she/it reading?
Are we/you/they reading?
..................................................................................
10 11 12 The Present Cotinuous denotes an
action going on at the present
moment.
It is used with the following time
words: now, at the moment, at
present, still (всё ещё), etc. These
time words usually go at the end of
a sentence.

..................................................................................  I can’t join you, I’m doing my


homework at the moment.
13 14
Still goes after the auxiliary verb.
 He is still sleeping.

....................................................

105
PHRASAL VERBS THAT “GIVE A LIFT”

Ex 14. A. Match these two phrasal verbs to their definitions.


drop off pick up

1. Let somebody into a car in order to take him somewhere ..................


2. To take someone somewhere in a car, leave him there and go on somewhere else ..................

B. Fill in the spaces with the right phrasal verb.

1. I .......................... him .......................... at the airport and drove him home.


2. I’ll .......................... you .......................... at your house. I’ll be going past it on my way
home.

Ex 15. As you know, there are many word partners in English. Put the following words/phrases
into the correct column.

GO HAVE GET

to bed  lunch  home from work .................................................................................


dressed  shopping  a shower .................................................................................
up late  jogging  an appointment .................................................................................
a date  oneself a cup of coffee .................................................................................
a rest  out for dinner  dinner at 7 pm .................................................................................

Grammar
THE PRESENT SIMPLE and THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE

The Present Simple The Present Continuous


(I do) (I am doing)
Actions in general or those which Some action which is happening at or around
happеn repeatedly (usually, always, the time of speaking (now, at present,
often, sometimes, etc) at the moment)
 Father usually takes a car to go to work. We don’t talk to him when he is driving.
He always drives too fast.

106
Ex 16. Look at Mark’s timetable. Complete the sentences with the affermative or negative form
of the verb in brackets.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday


9.00 – 10.00 Maths French English Maths Physics
10.15 – 11.15 History Maths Chemistry French Chemistry
11.30 – 12.30 Biology Physics Russian Geography English
14.00 – 15.00 English Geography Sociology Russian Maths
15.15 – 16.15 Games Economics Games English Games

1. Mark (go) ...goes... to school five days a week.


2. He (not/go) ............................. to school at the weekend.
3. The classes (start) ............................. at 9.00 every day.
4. On Friday Mark (not/finish) ............................. school earlier than on other days.
5. On Monday and Friday the pupils (play) ............................. games from 15.15 to 16.15.
6. They (not/do) ............................. sport at this school.
7. Mark (study) ............................. two foreign languages: English and French, he (not/study)
............................. German at school.
8. Mark (not/have) ............................. an Art class.

Ex 17. What is Mark doing now? Look at the information and use the prompts to write sentences.
6.55 – Mark / wake up .................................................
ë

7.10 – Mark / shower ...................................................


7.00 – get up
7.35 – Mark / breakfast ................................................
7.05 – have a shower
t 8.00 – he / go to school / on the bus
7.30 – have breakfas
..................................................................................
7.45 – go to school
ol 9.10 – Mark / have his Maths lesson
8.30 – arrive to scho
es ..................................................................................
9.00 – start class
12.40 – he / have lunch at the school canteen
12.30 – have lunch
ll training ..................................................................................
16.00 – go to footba
and 16.15 – he / have a football training
19.00 – arrive home
r ..................................................................................
have dinne
rk 19.20 – Mark / have dinner with his family
19.30 – start homewo
wa tc h TV ..................................................................................
21.00 – relax and
20.00 – Mark / finish his homework
22.00 – go to bed
..................................................................................
21.30 – he / watch a new film
..................................................................................
23.30 – Mark / sleep ......................................................

107
Ex 18. Use the information to complete the sentences
about Slim Liz and Fat Fanny. Grammar
Slim Liz Fat Fanny
8.00 do/exercises lie/bed
9.00 walk/school go to school/car THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
11.00 play volleyball eat crisps
POSITIVE FORM
13.00 prepare salad/lunch buy/hamburger/ lunch
I/he/she/it was reading
17.00 have a bicycle ride have a rest
we/you/they were reading
19.00 do homework chat with friends
19.30 play computer games play computer games NEGATIVE FORM
22.00 go to bed sleep/sofa/in front of TV I/he/she/it was not reading
we/you/they were not reading
I wasn’t reading, we weren’t reading

QUESTION
Was I/he/she/it reading?
Are we/you/they reading?

The Past Continuous denotes a


temporary action taking place at a
given moment or period in the past.
The Past Continuous is used with
the following time words: at five
(o’clock) yesterday, when Mum
came…, from five to/till six
Yesterday at … yesterday, all day long, all year
round, etc.

8.00 Liz was doing her morning exercises and  The Mother was cooking
dinner when the children came
Fanny was lying in bed. home from school.
9.00 – ....................................................................  He wasn’t at home at four
................................................................................ yesterday, he was working at
................................................................................ that time.
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................

108
Ex 19. Translate the interview given by Amy Mathews to the correspondent of the “Gala”
magazine.

Gala
magazine
A DAY IN A LIFE
Correspondent: I visited Amy at the theatre and ...........................................................................................
talked to her. I wanted to know how a musical star ...........................................................................................
spends her day. That’s what Amy told me. ...........................................................................................
Обычно я встаю примерно в 7 часов, ...........................................................................................
выпиваю стакан апельсинового сока и иду на ...........................................................................................
пробежку. Это занимает у меня один час. ...........................................................................................
Когда я возвращаюсь с про- ............................................................
бежки, я завтракаю: овсяная .............................................................
каша и стакан чая. В 9.30 я ............................................................
иду в танцевальную студию. .............................................................
Когда я заканчиваю трени- ............................................................
ровку в час дня, я ем лёгкий .............................................................
ланч и иду домой. ............................................................
Так как я ложусь спать .............................................................
довольно поздно, я всегда ..............................................................
ложусь отдохнуть (have a siesta) перед уходом ...........................................................................................
в театр. Я выхожу из дома в 6.30, шоу ...........................................................................................
начинается в восемь вечера. После шоу я иду ...........................................................................................
в кафе со своими друзьями из театра и ем ...........................................................................................
лёгкий ужин. Я ложусь спать примерно в час .............................................................................................
ночи. Это длинный день, но я получаю .........................................................................................
удовольствие от того, что я делаю. Я бы не ...........................................................................................
хотела жить иначе (делать ничего другого). ...........................................................................................

4.5 A Working Life Ends


Presenter: Hi, everybody. This is Robert Macmillan at Radio
BBC. Welcome to our Radio talk. Today’s edition of the
programme “Look at Life” is called “Life Changes.”
In the studio with me this evening there is a retired worker
Jerry Johnson. He has just retired after 45 years. Jerry,
that is a big change for you, isn’t it?

109
USED TO
раньше, бывало, когда-то

Refers to regular events in the past which are now finished or


different. It can refer to past repeated actions, habits or states.
 When I was young I used to work much.
Negative form: I didn’t use to lie in when I worked.
Question: Did you use to go to parties on weekdays?

Ex 20. What did Jerry used to do and what he didn’t use to do when he was still working? Fill in
the chart below with the phrases in the box. Put the phrases in the correct order and write a story
about the changes in Jerry’s life. Some variants are possible.

take a cup of tea to bed  be away all day  get up at 6 am


have a hurried breakfast  listen to the morning news in bed  go to bed early
read the newspaper at breakfast  watch TV in the evening  lie in till 8 o’clock
help his wife about the house  discuss with his wife the plans for the day
come home at about 5.30 pm  do a bit of cooking  help his wife with the shopping
take a language course  meet his friends at the club in the evening

used to do didn’t use to do now

get up at 6 am lie in till 8 o’clock listens to the morning news in bed


...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Jerry used to get up at 6 am because his working day began at half past seven. He didn’t
use to lie in till 8 o’clock .....................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

110
Ex 21. Put the words from the list in the following word webs.
one’s morning exercises  dinner  a sandwich
the housework  the washing up  the shopping
the beds  the homework  a phone call

the homework

DO MAKE

4.6 At the Weekend


Ex 22. Make up your own story. Here you have parts of four small texts, but some parts of the
texts are missing. Using the words and phrases in the Memory Boxes fill in these parts with your
own ideas.

1. On Sunday my wife and I went to Chester with our two boys.


Family business, you know – my father’s birthday.
(What did they do on Saturday?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

2. It was cold and rainy on Friday but on Saturday the sun came
out and Richard and Tom played golf in the country club. It
was fun.
(What did their wives do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

111
3. On Saturday evening Brain and Aidan went to O’Reilly’s, the
new Irish pub in town. They had a corporate party. They
played darts and had a good time.
(What did their girlfriends Amelia and Sandy do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

4. Sunday was always a quiet day for the Millers. Allan and Emily had a nice
big breakfast and listened to the news on the radio. Then they went to
church, after church they went for a walk.
(What did their son, daughter-in-law and two granddaughters do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

4
Listening
Now you will listen to an article “A Day in the Life of the Queen Elizabeth II” telling how the Queen
of England spends her day.

I. Listen to the story twice and tick the statements that are true.

 1. The Queen only travels around the UK and abroad and doesn’t do anything else.
 2. The Queen frequently goes out on public engagements.
 3. The Queen reads and answers all her correspondence herself.
 4. In the evening the Queen usually reads a report of the day’s
parliamentary proceedings.
 5. The Queen can retire any time she wishes.
 6. “Red boxes” are the boxes where the Queen keeps her private
papers.

II. Listen to the story again and complete the sentences. You’ll need to write a word or a short
phrase.

The Queen’s day begins at (1) ............................. . In the morning she usually (2) .............................
and (3) ............................. the daily British (4) .............................. Then the (5) .............................
are discussed before the Queen starts reading and (6) ............................. policy papers.

112
On some evenings the Queen (7) ............................. a
film premiere or (8) ............................. in aid of charitable
causes.
Grammar
From the list of her Majesty’s engagements we can see
that being a Royal is (9) ............................. job. It is a job
DO often means “be engaged in an
“with a life sentence.” activity”.
MAKE has the sense of “create”.
 What are you doing? – I’m
Ex 23. Complete the dialogues. Fill in DO or MAKE. making a cake.
We often use do and make in fixed
1 phrases. Do and make go with
particular nouns.
– What does your son do?
– He is a student. He .................... medicine. He Some fixed phrases
.................... a decision to be a doctor when he was with DO and MAKE:
still at school. DO MAKE
– Great. As far as I know, one should .................... – one’s best/worst – an attempt
– the cooking/ – arrangements
quite an effort to enter a medical university. shopping/washing/ – the bed(s)
– That’s true. He is a hardworking boy, and he is ironing/housework/ – a room
.................... good progress. laundry – a phone call
– the room – a decision
– the teeth – a difference
2 – smb a favour – an effort
– It’s a shame but my daughter is slovenly. She – some gardening – an excuse
.................... such a mess and disorder in her room. – one’s hair – a fortune
– (no) harm – friends (with)
– And who .................... her room?
– homework/lessons – smb happy
– I .................... her bed in the morning because – an exercise – smb ill
disorder .................... me ill, and the cleaner – science/medicine – a living
.................... her room once a week when she is at – a translation – a mess
– wonders – a translation
school. – the flowers – up one’s mind
– And does she .................... her homework? – smb good – a mistake
– Oh, yes, she is a very good student. – sport – smb a present
– It .................... a good excuse then. – progress
– tea/coffee

3  He did his best to help us.


– How is your father keeping?  It will do no harm.
– He hasn’t been too well recently. He has got high  He makes his living by giving
piano lessons.
blood pressure.
 He soon made a fortune on the
– You know, I heard that there are some exercises one Stock Exchange.
can .................... for high blood pressure. My
husband goes jogging in the morning and it
.................... him a lot of good. And I can tell you
how to .................... special herbal tea.
– Thank you, my father can’t .................... sport at his
age, but I hope tea won’t .................... any harm.
5 THE WORLD OF WORK

5.1 What Is Your Job? What Do You Do?


What Do You Do for a Living?

Ex 1. Match these job categories to their definition. Here are some professional people (A),
people who do skilled manual work (B), self-employed people (C), teleworkers (D), people
working freelance (E) and those working in consumer service (F).

1.  People who supply needs of other people.


2.  People who work from home and communicate with their employers or customers using
a computer or a phone.
3.  People whose jobs require considerable training and qualifications.
4.  People who work independently for different companies rather than being employed for
one particular company.
5.  People whose jobs require on-the-job and other training.
6.  People working for themselves and not employed for a company.

114
Ex 2. Group the job titles below under the Usage note:
1
headings. You will use some words twice. Listen With the nouns denoting a
and check your answers. profession or characteristic the
indefinite article a/an is used after
the verb to be or another link verb
journalist  doctor  carpenter  gardener  teacher (seem, look, become)
electrician  lorry driver  hairdresser  writer
 He became a doctor as his
plumber  shop assistant  engineer father.
brick-layer  mechanic  lawyer  She works as a chemist’s
stockroom worker  accountant  cleaner assistant.
 He is a talented man.
computer programmer  nurse  refuse collector
photographer  clerk  architect  translator

Professional work ....................................................................................................


MEMORY BOX

.......................................................................................................................................
Skilled manual work ................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Unskilled manual work ............................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Consumer service ....................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Teleworking ..............................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 3. Read the list of job titles in ex 2 again and find out who does these jobs.

1. Looks after people who are sick ......................................................................................


2. Repairs cars ..................................................................................................................
3. Delivers heavy goods ....................................................................................................
4. Fits and repairs electrical things ......................................................................................
5. Cuts peoples hair ..........................................................................................................
6. Builds walls ..................................................................................................................
7. Fits and repairs water pipes ............................................................................................
8. Designs buildings ..........................................................................................................
9. Represents people with legal problems ..........................................................................
10. Plans the building of machines ........................................................................................
11. Writes articles ................................................................................................................
12. Takes and develops pictures ..........................................................................................
13. Make up stories ............................................................................................................

115
5.2 Where Do They Work?
at/in a school
MEMORY BOX

at/in a hospital
at/in a bank
at/in a hotel
at/in an office
at/in a factory
in a shop
WORK in a restaurant
on a farm
for a large firm
at an airport
at/from home
in marketing
at two jobs
on a new book
with nice colleagues

See also “Use of Articles with the Nouns:


School/College, Hospital, Work” on p. 118.

116
Ex 4. Fill in the gaps with prepositions.
1. I’m a pilot. I work .......... Delta WORKING HOURS

MEMORY BOX
2
Airlines. I love flying.
a full-time job – работать
2. I’m a sales manager. I work .......... полный рабочий день
an office. I work 38 hours a week. HAVE a part-time job – работать непол-
It’s a full-time job. ный рабочий день
3. I’m a shop assistant. I work .......... flexitime – иметь гибкий график
a supermarket. I work only two days  It’s a full-time/part-time job.
a week. It’s a part-time job.
4. I’m a nurse. I work .......... the Central shifts – работать по сменам
Clinic. Every other day I work at night. а night/day shift – работать в
I work shifts. ночную/дневную смену
at night – работать ночью
5. I’m a TV reporter. I work .......... RTV.
overtime – работать сверхурочно
I have flexitime. I can plan my day. But WORK nine-to-five – иметь стандартный
it’s a full-time job. рабочий день
6. I’m a website designer. I don’t need an forty hours a week – работать
office for my work. I work with my clients 40 часов в неделю
.......... home. I’m my own boss. far into the night – работать за
7. I’m a farmer. I work .......... my own farm. полночь
I work 60–70 hours a week, I always  It’s shift work.
work overtime with no salary, no do shift-work – работать посменно
vocation, but I love my work. do odd jobs – случайный заработок/выпол-
8. My son works .......... a big hotel. He нять случайную работу
meets a lot of people every day. But of
course, he sometimes works ..........
night.
9. I’m a doctor. I work .......... a small country hospital. I work .......... wonderful colleagues.
10. What do you do for a living? I work .......... Bosch, I work .......... accounting.

Ex 5. Give a word or a phrase for the definition.


1. Many people in Britain work from 9.00 am to 5.00 pm. They often say they
........................................................ .
2. Some people have to work at different time: days one week and nights the next week. They
are said to ........................................................ .
3. Sometimes you have to work extra hours, so you ........................................................ .
4. If you work 38–40 hours a week, you have ........................................................ .
5. In Europe mothers with small chidren work 2–3 hours a day or two days a week. They have
........................................................ .
6. To have ........................................................ means that you can start an hour or so earlier
or finish later.

117
Grammar
USE OF ARTICLES WITH THE NOUNS:
SCHOOL/COLLEGE, HOSPITAL, WORK

When the nouns lose the concrete When the nouns denote concrete
The Nouns meaning and express the purpose objects, the articles are used in
for which they serve: NO ARTICLE accordance with the general rules

school/college/ to be at school/college/university to go to the school (the building is


university to go to school/college/university meant)
to leave school/college (to finish school) to leave the school (to leave the building)
 After I left school I went to  She teaches History in a girls’
university. (as a student) school.
 Excuse me, where is the
But! With a modifier an article must be
university, please?
included:
 They attend a good school.
 They go to the school of their
choice.

hospital to go to hospital  When Ann was ill, we went to the


to be in hospital hospital to visit her. (as visitors,
we mean a particular hospital)
 Jack had an accident and he had to
 My sister works in a hospital in
go to hospital. (as a patient)
Moscow.
 He is still in hospital now.

work to go to work  I like the work I’m doing now.


to be at work  A new work of modern art
to start work  The works of Shakespeare
(products of the intellect
 Why isn’t Ann at work today?
or imagination)

NOTE “Job” is a countable noun, we use the articles in accordance with the general rules.
 He was offered a new job. He liked the job, it was very interesting.

Ex 6. Insert articles where necessary.


1. Machines now do much of ........... work formerly done by man. 2. It was ........... hard work
getting to the top of the mountain. 3. What time do you finish ........... work? 4. ........... work of
building the new bridge took 6 months. 5. ........... school I go to is pretty strict – it is ...........
boarding school. 6. Jenny goes to ........... same school as Tom. They go to ........... school by
bus. 7. ........... Oxford and Cambridge colleges are world famous. 8. What are you going to study
at ........... college? 9. Does she likes it at ........... university? 10. ........... school is almost falling
down. 11. Poor James! He hates being at ........... hospital. 12. ........... hospital where Amy worked
was in the East End. 13. His sister is a nurse, he works in ........... hospital. 14. He is still in ...........
hospital, I’m going to ........... hospital to visit him.

118
5.3 What Do You Do at Work? What Does Your
Work Involve? What are Your Main Duties and
Responsibilities?

1. Production manager
3. Office clerk
I’m in charge of the
My work involves doing
production process.
a lot of paper work.
2. Restaurant manager
I’m responsible for the work
of the service team.

4. Logistics manager
I deal with transportation 6. Mechanic
of goods. I repair cars. In fact, I run
this workshop.
5. Hotelier
I keep a small hotel. This
is a family business.

7. Accountant
I’m in control of the 8. Shop assistant
financial situation of the My duty is to help
company. customers in the shop.

119
Ex 7. Rewrite the sentences using the JOB DESCRIPTION

MEMORY BOX
words and phrases from the Memory 3
Boxes. The basic meaning must stay the in charge of – отвечать за
same. be responsible for – отвечать за
in control of – следить за
1. I’m responsible for the work of the deal with – иметь дело с, ведать, справ-
department. ляться
I’m in ............................................. . manage – руководить, управлять
run/keep (a business) – вести дело, руко-
2. In my job I have to look after and maintain
водить
the devices. involve – заключаться в
My job ................................................. . one’s duty – обязанность
3. What do you do?
What .................................................. .
4. I own a coffee shop.
..................................................
5. I’m a computer programmer. I write computer programmes for SSB.
My work .................................................. .
6. I cook and serve breakfast. My .................................................. .
7. I’m a teacher. I .................................................. .
8. I’m the head manager of a department store. I take all the necessary action if there is a
complaint. I .................................................. .
9. I manage our family business. I .................................................. .
10. I’m a lawyer. I give my clients help and my opinion when they have legal problems.
I .................................................. my clients .................................................. .

4
Ex 8. Match the verbs in the Memory Box with the words in the list. Listen and check
your answers.

DAILY DUTIES AND ROUTINES


MEMORY BOX

the schedule
papers  the meeting Attend ..................................................................
Organise ................................................................
letters  the work Deal with ..............................................................
old people Meet ......................................................................
clients  customers Handle ..................................................................
devices  computers Plan ......................................................................
Advise ..................................................................
the products  people
Know ....................................................................
accounts  the affair Maintain ................................................................
Look after ..............................................................
Fix and repair ........................................................
File ........................................................................
Write ....................................................................

120
Ex 9. Match a job title to each of the duties list.
A. Sales representative C. Secretary
B. Personnel officer

1. Write job ads. 2. Travel. 3. Do audio typing.


Recruit employees. Take orders. Schedule appointments.
Prepare contracts. Do expense accounts. Make travel arrangements.
File reports.
1 2 3

Ex 10. Fill the gaps with the prepositional phrases from the box.
1. He is an engineer. He .................... Siemens. charge in
2. My sister is a vet. She .................... animals that are sick. look for (x2)
3. Jack is the head of our department. Poor chap,
he has to .................... meetings almost every day. work of
4. My uncle Robert guards buildings.
He is .................... their security. go after
5. Mrs Brown is a personnel officer. fill to
She is in .................... recruiting staff.
6. Clare is a social worker. Twice a week she helps
immigrants to .................... different forms. responsible

Ex 11. What is it like? Find pairs of opposites in the list and put them in the Memory Box.

......... field ......................... office .........


MEMORY BOX

A JOB CAN BE:


...............................................................
difficult  delicate  dirty ...............................................................
interesting  easy  physical ...............................................................
field  paper  boring ...............................................................
skilled  odd  office ...............................................................
...............................................................

121
Ex 12. Find adjectives in the Memory Box which can describe:
1. A person who looks for minerals (oil or coal) is doing ..................... work.
2. Repairing clocks and watches is ..................... work.
3. Writing letters, filling in forms is ..................... work.
4. Sweeping chimneys is ..................... work.
5. Attending meetings is ..................... .
6. Science research is ..................... and ..................... work.
7. Maintaining electronic devices is a ..................... job.
8. Loading and unloading trucks is ..................... work.
9. Not regular, occasional jobs – ..................... jobs.
10. Working indoors doing paper work – ..................... work.

5.4 A Light Purse is a Heavy Curse


Хуже всех бед, когда денег нет. (Proverb)

KEY TERMS

A SALARY and WAGE(S) – the money paid periodically to an


employee. A SALARY – the money received by white-collar
workers or executives. WAGE(S) – the earnings of blue-collars,
skilled and unskilled workers. PAY – informal term for wages and
salary. A FEE – is usually charged by professional people
(doctors, lawyers).

WARNING!

You should never ask


these questions!

What is your salary / wages?


How much do you earn /
make?
How much do they
pay you?

122
Ex 13. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.
bonus  earn  piecework  wages
(well-)paid

MEMORY BOX
paid more than enough
– What are your (1) ................ , Bill? be underpaid
– It depends, you know. I’m on (2) ................ . paid by piecework – работать
– And how much did you (3) ................ last сдельно
month? have a high/low salary
– Well, $150, let alone the (4) ................ . earn 100 pounds a week
make quite enough
bonus – премия
Ex 14. Translate the dialogue.
– Сколько зарабатывает твой отец ?
.................................................................. .
– Довольно хорошо.
.................................................................. .
– А мать?
.................................................................. .
– Она получает не так много.
.................................................................. .
– А ты?
.................................................................. .
– Об оплате говорить не принято, ты знаешь.
.................................................................. .

Ex 15. The verbs in the list of payments have got mixed up. Put them in the right places. Draw
lines to make connections. Some variants are possible.

be $65,000 a year
have
make
 $200 a week
a high salary
earn quite enough
get underpaid

123
Ex 16. Complete the sentences with the words from the Memory Boxes.
Most workers are (1)..................... every month and this goes directly to their (2)..................... . It is
called (3) a ..................... . I (4)..................... $60,000 a year. I also receive (5)..................... :
(6)..................... before I go on

vacation and (7).....................


when I’m ill. Though my FRINGE BENEFITS – дополнительные льготы

MEMORY BOX
5
(8)..................... is not very high, business related expenses
I pay high (9)..................... . cover transportation expenses
one’s medical insurance
Oh, I forgot to say that when I go provide medical insurance for the whole family
on business, the company also holiday pay – оплаченный отпуск
covers my (10)..................... and sick pay – оплата во время болезни
(11)..................... expenses. And
be on sick leave – быть на больничном
the most important thing: the income – доход
company provides .....................
(12) income tax – налог на доходы
for the whole family. bank account – банковский счёт

Official status
5.5 Looking for a Job Be employed
Be unemployed
Be looking for a job
Ex 17. You came to an employment agency and have to answer their Be a housewife
questionaire.

“PERSONNEL CORPS”
Professional Recruitment & Selection
Tel. 275-35-02 Fax 275-36-96

QUESTIONNAIRE
1. Are you seeking 3. Do you like yes no
a) full-time employment?  a) meeting people  
b) part-time employment?  b) working alone  
2. Which of these is most c) working with other pеоplе  
important for you? d) working with your hands  
(Please number 1–5 in order e) travelling  
of importance)
money  people  security  4. What do you like doing in your free time?
job satisfaction  .............................................
an interesting job 

124
 Step ONE –
Examine Your
Skills and Abilities

Ex 18. Match the skills in the list on the left with the
responsibilities the person should handle. Draw lines to
make connections.
Grammar

SIMPLE
USE OF THE GERUND
ACTIVE
writing
PASSIVE
being written

Some common verbs, verbs and word


combinations with prepositions,
used to talk about work, are followed
by the Gerund.
1. Some common verbs: love,
SKILLS RESPONSIBILITIES (dis)like, enjoy, hate, involve,
(be good at) (be responsible for) include, keep, practise, begin,
start, continue, finish, stop, want,
analysing repairing machines need, require, etc.
assembling renovating houses  To be a good pianist you should
practise playing every day.
designing dealing with people
decorating
communicating
 taking care of the old
entertaining people
2. Some verbs with prepositions:
inform of, insist on, depend on,
thank for, succeed in, persist in,
organising making decisions result in, etc.
cooking managing people  The data require checking.
I don’t like writing letters.
singing
3. Some nouns followed by
prepositions: art of, difficulty in,
experience in, interest in,
opportunity of, plan for, talent for,
Ex 19. Open the brackets using the gerund. preparation for, process of, skill
in, way of, etc.
1. I’m sure that the company can keep (go) ...going... .  I have no experience in building
2. Your duties will include (put) ........................... the houses.
children to bed. 3. I’m sorry, I kept you (wait)  There are various ways of
solving this problem.
........................... . 4. This is exhausting work but I
managed to keep (go) .......................... . 5. They 4. Word combinations with prepo-
sition: be good/clever at, be fond
stopped (work) ........................... because of the rain. of, be interested in, be responsible
6. On the farm they usually start (work) ........................... for, be in charge of, etc.
very early. 7. How long will you continue (discuss)  She was responsible for
........................... the plan? 8. Does this device require organising the reunion party.
(fix) ........................... ? 9. The house is old and
wants (paint) ........................... badly. 10. I know my
See also “Use of the Gerund”
hair needs (cut) ........................... , but I never have the on p. 216.
time.

125
Ex 20. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words given in CAPITALS at the end
of each line.

1. He has some ...experience in building... houses. EXPERIENCE IN BUILD


I hope he ...is capable of renovating... houses as BE CAPABLE OF RENOVATE
well.
2. He ............................................... data. That’s why BE GOOD AT ANALYSE
I think he may ............................................... . BE CLEVER AT MAKE DECISIONS
3. I ............................................... . I have great BE FOND OF SING
............................................... a concert. PLANS FOR ORGANISE
4. He ............................................... parts. I think BE SKILLED IN ASSEMBLE
he ............................................... machines. BE CAPABLE OF REPAIR
5. Are you ............................................... the job? BE INTERESTED IN GET
I hope you’ll have ............................................... AN OPPORTUNITY OF SHOW UP
your abilities.
6. She is a very good cook. She can ................... BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ORGANISE
............................ the party. She can also
............................................... . SPECIALISE IN CATER
7. John has ............................................... . TALENT FOR PAINT
He can ............................................... . SUCCEED IN ADVERTISE

6
Ex 21. Most employment agencies work by appointment only. Listen to the dialogue and
complete the Memory Box with the corresponding words in italics.

– Manpower. Good morning.


MEMORY BOX

WORK BY APPOINTMENT
– May I speak to Mr Cartright, please?
– Who is calling? ........................... an appointment for two o’clock
– This is Ben Collins. ........................... the appointment


– I’m sorry, Mr Cartright can’t take ........................... the appointment
your call, he is having a meeting at ........................... the appointment
the moment. What can I do for you? ........................... an appointment for next week
– I have an appointment with Mr Cartright
for two o’clock, but I can’t keep the
appointment. I’m not feeling well today.
– Would you like to cancel your appointment?
– Just change it. Could I make an appointment for next
week?
– All right. How about next Friday at three? Step TWO –
– Friday at three? That’s fine. Thank you very much. Making an
– You’re welcome. See you then.
Appointment

126
Some Useful Phrases
Make up dialogues, using the following variations.

1. – Good morning, Employment agency,


The Personnel Corps

– Hello, my name is... .


I would like to have some information
about your agency.
ask some questions

2. – What information do you need?

– I am looking for a non-profit agency taking no fee.


a private agency specialising in
high salaried positions.

3. – Can you help me?


– I would like to know what field your agency specialises in.
what kind of job you deal with.

– Yes, of course. Our agency specialises in technical jobs.


in secretarial jobs.

127
4. – I would like to make an appointment to see the counsellor.
to get practical advice on interview technique.

– Fine. Can you come on Wednesday at 10.20 am?


Will Friday 11 am suit you?

5. – Will the career officer be able to see me some time next Tuesday?
the counsellor at noon tomorrow?

– Hold the line, I’ll consult my notebook.


I’ll ring you back later and let you know.
– Sorry, he is fully booked for tomorrow.
won’t be available to see you till Friday.

6. – What time would be convenient for you?


suit you (better)?

– Well, Monday will be quite convenient.


will be just fine.

128
7. – OK, then, I’II see you on Wednesday, 10.20 am Thanks.
It’s perfect, I’ll be there. Thank you.

– You are welcome. Goodbye.


Not at all. Goodbye.

Ex 22. Translate the dialogues from Russian into English.


А: Здравствуйте, агентство «Континенталь». Слушаю Вас. (Чем могу помочь?)
В: Здравствуйте, я ищу работу секретаря. Занимается ли ваше агентство подбором
работы в этой области?
А: Мы работаем только с иностранными компаниями. Вы хотите работать в российской
или иностранной компании?
В: Я не знаю, подойдёт ли моя квалификация для работы в иностранной компании.
А: Тогда вам надо поговорить с нашим консультантом. Вы не хотели бы записаться на
приём к нашему консультанту?
В: Спасибо, конечно. Когда я могу с ним поговорить?
А: В пятницу, в 3 часа. Удобно ли для вас это время?
В: Минутку, я загляну в свой деловой блокнот. Да, спасибо. Я буду у вас в пятницу в 3. До
свидания.
А: До свидания. Всего доброго.

Ex 23. What should you do to find a job? Find the logical sequence of the steps you should take.
 – get an invitation for an interview
 – make an appointment with an employment agency counsellor
 – read the classified ads
 – think what kind of job you want
 – analyse your skills, personality traits and accomplishments/achievements
 – get ready for the interview
 – find out what employment agency you can use
 – find out as much as you can about the company

129
7 Listening
I. Walter Neef is calling to an employment agency. Listen to the dialogue twice and choose the
answer (a–c) which you think best according to the text.

1. Why is Mr Neef calling an employment agency?


a) to make an appointment
b) to get some information about the agency.
c) to confirm the appointment
2. What information does Mr Neef want to get?
a) about private employment agences
b) about the councellor he is to meet
c) what kind of agency it is
3. What kind of agency is Mr Neef looking for?
a) non-profit
b) private 1
c) Manpower 2
4. What job would he like to get?
3
a) high salaried job
b) some technical job 4
c) non-skilled position

II. Listen to the dialogue again and complete the text. You’ll have to write a word or a short phrase.

Mr Neef calls (1)................................ agency. He wants to (2)................................ about the


agency. He’d like to contact (3)................................ employment agency where you shouldn’t


pay the fee. He finds out that Personnel Corps is (4)................................ agency dealing with
(5)................................ . He asks the secretary to give him (6)................................ of agencies


specialising in (7)................................ . The secretary advises him to take their
(8)................................ which includes all the information he needs.

Step THREE –
Applying for
a Job

130
WRITING A LETTER
Ex 24. How we end a letter depends on how we begin it. Match the beginnings and the endings.
Draw lines to make connections.

1. Dear (christian name), A. Take care,


(Lots of) Love, (to friends)
Best wishes,
Regards,
2. Dear Mr/Mrs (surname), B. Yours truly, (to strangers)
Yours faithfully,
3. Dear Sir or Madam, C. Yours sincerely, (to acquaintances)
Dear Sir/Madam, Sincerely yours,

Ex 25. You saw this ad in the newspaper. Write a letter asking for more details and saying who
you are and why you are interested. Use the letter format on the right and our prompts:

tickets  medical insurance  salary  accommodations  training

Your address
...................................
Date
...................................

W&L The name and address of the


corporation company you are writing to
..........................................
..........................................
Work abroad and
learn a language at the same time.
Dear Sir or Madam (Dear Sir/Madam),
 No experience necessary. ....................................................................................
 You’ll get all the training ....................................................................................
you need. ....................................................................................
....................................................................................
Write for details to: ....................................................................................
....................................................................................
Enquiries Unit .....................................................................................
PO BOX 847 ...................................................................................
NS / EM35 I look forward to receiving your reply.
Dublin, Ireland
Yours faithfully,
Sign and print your full name

131
A LETTER OF APPLICATION
A letter of application, also known as a cover letter, is a document sent with your resume to
provide additional information on your skills and experience.

Ex 26. Read the letter of application. Underline the strong points the applicant mentions which
may help him get the job.

9 Fast Lane
Hatfield, CA 08076
(909) 555-5555
george.gillhooley@email.com
October 2010
XYZ Company
87 Delaware Road
Hatfield, CA 08065

Dear Mr Gilbery,

I am writing to apply for the programmer position advertised in the Times


Union. As requested, I am enclosing a completed job application, my
certification, my resume and three references.

I believe that my strong technical experience and education will make me a


very competitive candidate for this position.
With a BS degree in Computer Programming, I have a full understanding of
software development. I also have experience in learning new technologies as
needed. Please see my resume for additional information on my experience.

I can be reached anytime via email or my mobile phone.

Thank you for your time and consideration. I look forward to speaking to you
about this employment opportunity.

Sincerely yours,

Thomas Hindsdale

132
Ex 27. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
take (a day/a week) off  apply for  take on  help out

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

1. Ask for a job formally .......................... ...........................


2. Agree to do work, be responsible for smth .......................... ...........................
3. Not work during a period of time .......................... ...........................
4. Help a person, usually for a short period
of time, because the person is in some difficulty .......................... ...........................

Ex 28. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. Mr Brunnel, may I .......................... tomorrow morning .......................... , I have an
appointment with the doctor.
2. I don’t mind .......................... in the shop when mother needs some assistance.
3. If you want the job, you have to .......................... it to the manager in writing.
4. He .......................... the work, though he wasn’t quite sure he could do it.

Grammar
THE MODAL VERB “CAN”: FORMS AND MEANINGS
Forms:
MODAL VERB
PRESENT PAST FUTURE
Equivalent
can can could —
am was will be able to
able to
be able to is able to were
are

Meanings:
Ability: могу, умею, возможно  He can solve the problem.
 You can find this information in our leaflet.
Permission: можно  If you are not well, you can stay at home tomorrow.
Prohibition: сan’t нельзя  You can’t smoke in the office.

NOTE
Could expresses general ability in the past.
 Allan could sing well when he was young.
Was/were able to expresses that someone managed to do smth in a particular situation in the past.
 Marian was able to answer all the questions (though it was difficult).
Couldn’t may be used either generally or in a particular situation in the past.

133
Ex 29. The head of the department gave a talk on the performance of the department. Here
are some of the points he mentioned. Use the corresponding tense forms of the verb CAN and
its equivalents to complete the sentences. Sometimes two variants are possible.

1. Last year the department (can) ........................... provide a constant information flow.
2. At the end of the year we (can) ........................... up-date all the data bases.
3. Now with the data bases updated we (can) ........................... work on the new project.
4. Using the new computer program the department (can) ........................... process
information much quicker.
5. Next month we (can) ........................... widen our marketing field.
6. Why (can’t) ........................... you cut down the losses using the old data base?
7. When we were working on the project, we (can) ........................... detect some errors in the
system.
8. Now we see that we (can) ........................... increase our efficiency.

Ex 30. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences


from Russian into English using the corresponding tense
forms of the verb CAN and its equivalents.

An Interview

Sue wants to work for a few weeks during the summer


holidays. She sees an advert in the local paper for a
temporary job at a rest home, and decides to apply for it.
Mrs Beale, who is in charge of the home, invites her to come
for an interview.
Mrs Beale: Sit down; Sue. Right. (1) Прежде, чем я смогу пообещать вам эту работу ..............
................................................................................, I’d like to ask you some
questions. – Why did you apply for this kind of work?
Sue: Well, firstly, I like the idea of helping people. (2) And я уверена, что смогу выполнять
эту работу ...................................................................................................... .
Mrs Beale: Have you ever worked with elderly people?
Sue: No, I haven’t. But I think (3)я смогу помогать им .......................................
........................ .
Mrs Beale: Where do you live? (4)Вы сможете начинать работу в 7 утра? ............................
........................................................ That’s when the night nurse goes off duty.
Sue: (5)Я легко смогу быть на работе к этому времени. ..............................................

................................................... I live quite near.


Mrs Beale: Fine. (6)Вы умеете готовить .........................................................................?
Sue: Er… well! I often helped to get meals ready at home. (7)Мама говорила, что я умею
хорошо готовить овощной суп .........................................................................
........................................................................ .

134
Mrs Beale: Don’t worry. You won’t have to cook the whole meals without help.
(8)Вы можете делать уборку, стирать, накрывать на столы .................................

....................................................................................................................... ?
Sue: Certainly. (9)Когда вы сможете сказать мне, получу ли я эту работу ....................
......................................................................................................., Mrs Beale?
Mrs Beale: Well, a young man is coming to see me in the afternoon, so naturally (10)я не смогу
принять решение ...................................................................................... until
I have talked to him, too. Ring me up tomorrow morning and I’ll let you know then.

GOING FOR AN INTERVIEW


When you go for an interview you have a right to find out some information about your possible
work place. It is not just the Personal Manager who asks all the questions.
But be careful how you say what you want to say.

Ex 31. Which of these are the best ways of asking the questions? Tick the questions which are
good to ask.

1.  A. How much are you going to pay me? 4.  A. Do you have a pension scheme?
 B. What is the rate of pay?  B. Will I get a pension when I retire?
2.  A. How long do I have to work? 5.  A. How long are the holidays?
 B. What are the working hours?  B. What are the holiday arrangements?
3.  A. Do I get dinner free? 6.  A. Do you make redundancy payments?
 B. What are the canteen arrangements?  B. Will I get any money in case you make
me redundant?

5.6 Job Opportunities


Bill Burk had never thought about making a career for himself. But
there is always favourable time or chance one can use to advance
professionally and financially. Read a passage from a novel in
which Bill Burk starts thinking about the new opportunities.
That evening, there was a talk at the bank on job opportunities.
The speaker said that there would be opportunities to work abroad
in a year’s time. The world was open to young people who could

135
speak other languages and who

MEMORY BOX
JOB OPPORTUNITIES –
had special skills. If they were 8
возможности профессионального роста
interested, they should start to
prepare themselves now. Bill advance professionally – расти профессионально
started thinking. for oneself – сделать карьеру
make a career in politics – сделать карьеру
If he was chosen to work in a в политике
European capital, he would earn as a diplomat – сделать диплома-
good money… тическую карьеру
(from “Evening Class” be promoted the director – получить должность
by Maeve Binchy) директора
promotion – повышение по службе
qualify for – соответствовать должности/быть гото-
вым к какой-либо деятельности

Grammar
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

CONDITION SUBORDINATE CLAUSE PRINCIPAL CLAUSE TRANSLATION

Real If he enters university, he will be able to make a


(Type I) career.
If I have finished by that I will meet you. бы
time,
If he is working on Monday, he will not go with us.

Present Simple/Perfect/ will + Inf.


Continuous

Unreal If he knew him better, he wouldn’t think so.


Present/Future If he knew a foreign he might get the job.
бы
(Type II) language,
would
Past Simple/Cont. could + Inf.
might

Ex 32. Choose the correct form of the verb.


1. If I take/will take the course, I will be able/am able to work as a computer programmer.
2. If we take/will take this approach, we minimise/will minimise the costs.
3. If the company establishes/will establish good working contacts with its partners, it
increases/will increase the profits.

136
4. If you maintained/would maintain the computers better, there were/would be no errors.
5. If the team would raise/raised the efficiency of the process, the production risks would
decrease/decreased.
6. If the management would improve/improved conditions, it insured/would insure the success
of the company.

Ex 33. Translate the sentences. That is what Bill Burk thought about the new prospects and
what he could do.

1. Если я начну изучать иностранный язык сейчас, то через год я буду хорошо владеть им
(master the language).
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Если Лиззи захочет, она тоже сможет изучать итальянский со мной вместе.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Если я буду жить в Париже, Лиззи приедет ко мне.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Если бы я получил повышение, я бы мог жениться на Лиззи.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Если бы Лиззи умела что-либо делать (have some skills), она бы работала.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Если бы Лиззи работала, мы смогли бы также изучать компьютерные программы.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Если бы Билл получил эту работу, он мог бы больше помогать своей семье.
.........................................................................................................................................

5.7 Leaving the Service


Ex 34. Read the two texts. Tick the points Tracey Chapman and George Morley have in
common.

Out of Work
A
In Britain a lot of people are out of work. Tracey Chapman is 18, and she left school a year ago.
She lives in the North East, an area of high youth unemployment… She hasn’t been able to find a
job yet. She gets her unemployment benefit but that isn’t much and she is tired of queuing for it
every Thursday. She has almost given up looking for a job. Every day she buys the local paper but
she is really fed up with looking through the “Situations Vacant” column. There are 50 applicants
for every job.

137
B
George Morley is 54. Until last year he was a production manager in the
textile industry. He had worked for the same company since he left
school. He had a good job, a four-bedroom house and a company car.
When his company had to close because of economic difficulties, he was
made redundant. “I don’t feel old, but it isn’t easy to start looking for a
job at my age. I’ve had so many refusals. You see, I’m interested in
learning a new skill but nobody wants
to train me. I can see their point. I’ll

MEMORY BOX
have to retire in ten years. When I was OUT OF WORK
9
still with Lancastrian Textiles I was dismiss – уволить с работы
bored with doing the same thing day quit – оставить работу, уволиться
after day, but now I’d really enjoy doing be given notice to quit – получить уведомле-
it again. I’d take any job really. It’s not ние/предупреждение об увольнении
sack/fire smb (colloq) – уволить кого-либо
the money. I just need to feel useful,
get/be given the sack – быть уволенным
that’s all.” resign one’s position – уйти в отставку
be made redundant/be laid off – попасть под
 a. Live with the parents сокращение штатов
 b. Be out of work shirk work – увиливать от работы
loafer/idler – лентяй
 c. Have worked for 30 years neglect of duty – невыполнение своих обя-
 d. Be looking for a job занностей
 e. Be made redundant unemployment benefit – пособие по без-
работице
 f. Can’t find work after leaving school
 g. Get unemployment benefit
 h. Get refusals
 i. Get redundancy pay

Ex 35. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
catch up with  aim at  fall behind  catch up on  stay behind  fill in

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Remain in a place after others have left ............................ ............................
2. Be slower than others ............................ ............................
3. Intend to achieve smth ............................ ............................
4. Reach the same level as smb/smth else ............................ ............................
5. Do another person’s job temporarily ............................ ............................
6. Spend time doing smth that you have
not been able to do until now ............................ ............................

138
Ex 36. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. I have Monday off, I’ll be able to .......................... my work. 2. He .......................... the top of
his profession. 3. I .......................... for Mr Green’s secretary while she is in hospital. 4. Hurry up!
You .......................... the others. 5. They all left the office at 5, but he .......................... to finish
some work. 6. I’ll try to .......................... the rest of the class. 7. I have to meet Mark at the airport.
Will you .......................... for me for the rest of the day?

10
Listening
You will hear two friends discuss their colleagues Nick and Richard. Listen to the dialogues twice
and match each colleague to the statement given in the list.

Nick Richard
  a) He can be dismissed.
  b) He put on such a show last
month too.
  c) He is out of practice.
  d) He is aiming at getting
a raise.
  e) He came to work though
he is on sick leave.
  f) He shirks work.
  g) He wants the boss to see
what a hard worker he is.
  h) He is lazy and never works hard.
  i) At school he used to stay away from classes.
6 FOOD AND MEALS

6.1 Food
Ex 1. Read the text and complete the Memory
MEMORY BOX

1 BASIC FOODS
Box with the basic foods people eat. Choose
among the words in italics. There are three odd words ..................... – ....................
which you don’t need to use. Listen to the words in the ..................... – овощи
Memory Box and check your answers. cereals – хлебные злаки
..................... – зерновые
..................... – .....................
..................... – .....................
Healthy Food
eggs – .....................
A healthy balanced diet contains a variety of foods ..................... – бобы
including plenty of fruit and vegetables, plenty of cereals dairy products – .....................
such as wholegrain bread, pasta and rice, grains, some fat – .....................
protein-rich foods such as meat, fish, eggs and beans and ..................... – соль
some dairy products. It should also be low in fat, salt and sugar – .....................
sugar.

140
Ex 2. Decide where the sentences (A–D) on the right go into the text. There are four
2
extra numbers you don’t need to fill in. Listen to the text and check your answers.

American Eating Habits


A. potatoes, tomatoes,
If you think popcorn is awful, if peanut butter with jelly sounds
peanuts, corn, pumpkin,
impossible, if you think corn is for pigs and ice water is
turkey, pineapple.
unhealthy – be careful when you talk to an American.(1) 
B. Many Americans think
Criticise hamburgers and cokes and an American will probably they must eat vegetables
take it personally. (2)  and a big salad for
Typical American food includes things that were first found in dinner every day.
the New World and brought to the Old: (3)  C. Americans can get
Americans are among the biggest meat-eaters in the world – emotional when talking
mostly beef. (4)  Ice-cream is standard everyday food, not about food.
just for special days or in the summertime. (5)  D. But at the same time
On the one hand, Americans eat a lot of so-called “junk more and more people
food”: chips, cookies, cakes, soft drinks. (6)  Salt and sugar are interested in healthy
consumption is down. (7)  Even hamburger restaurants food.
have salad bars nowadays. (8) 
MEMORY BOX

nutrition – питание, пища


diet – диета, рацион питания
put on a (strict) diet – посадить на (строгую) диету
JUNK FOOD keep to a diet – придерживаться диеты
be on a diet – быть на диете
Нездоровая пища, с put on weight – поправиться
большим gain 5 kg – набрать 5 кг
количеством добавок, get fat – очень поправиться
lose weight – похудеть
наполнителей,
eat like a wolf – много есть
жиров и сахара
be a hearty eater – иметь хороший аппетит
eat like a bird/be a poor eater – мало есть

Ex 3. Sally is unhappy. To understand her problem match the phrases in column A with those in
column B.
1
A В
1. My husband eats like a wolf, a) like potatoes, pasta, cakes. 2
2. I eat like a bird but b) make you too fat. 3
3. I can’t eat anything c) to lose weight. 4
4. My aim is d) without looking it up in the Calorie Chart. 5
5. Some national cuisines e) but he doesn’t have to keep to a diet.
6
6. I live on f) I’m constantly putting on weight.
7. I have to avoid things g) I eat to live. 7
8. I don’t live to eat, h) vegetable and fruit. 8

141
ANIMALS  MEAT
pig  pork

cow  beef
sheep  mutton

calf  veal
lamb  lamb

POULTRY

cock
hen

chicken
duck turkey
goose

3 FISH and SEA FOOD


octopus – осьминог squid – кальмар

carp – карп
salmon – лосось/
сёмга
herring – сельдь cod – треска

crab – краб pike – щука


prawn – крупная
shrimp – мелкая креветка
креветка
mussel – мидия lobster – омар

142
Ex 4. Translate the sentences from Russian into English. sausage – колбаса

MEMORY BOX
(thin) sausages – сосиски
1. Моя любимая рыба – карп и лосось, но я покупаю frankfurter – тонкая копчё-
только треску, она не такая жирная. ная сосиска в хот-доге
............................................................................ salami – копчёная колбаса
........................................................................... bacon – бекон
2. Я сейчас на диете, и поэтому буду есть только ham – ветчина
куриное мясо и овощи.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Рождественский ужин в США состоит из индейки, ветчины, яблочного пирога, орехов
и фруктов.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Моя подруга – вегетарианка, и поэтому она ест только овощи, фрукты, иногда рыбу.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Моя бабушка прекрасно готовит утку с яблоками.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Когда я ем ланч в этом кафе, я всегда заказываю
овощной салат с креветками.
............................................................................. Grammar
.............................................................................
7. Мой младший сын любит сосиски, но он не ест
копчёную колбасу. Он предпочитает сосиски мясу.
COUNTABLE and
............................................................................. UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
.............................................................................
Countable nouns
1. Can be used with numbers
an apple – five apples
Ex 5. Write the countable and uncountable nouns into 2. Have two forms, singular and
two columns: plural.
an orange – oranges
grain  poultry  duck  cake  nut  bread  water 3. Singular countable nouns can
bun  beef  banana  breakfast  ham  pork take a determiner:
 A cup of tea and that piece of
chop  cream  cucumber  salami  egg  shrimp cake, please.
milk  cheese  turnip  lettuce  pear  beer
Uncountable nouns
1. Denote things we cannot count:
Countable Uncountable – many types of food: meat, butter,
cheese, jam, bread, honey, etc.
................................................................................
– liquids: water, oil, coffee, petrol,
................................................................................. etc.
................................................................................. – materials: glass, wood, iron,
................................................................................. silver, etc.
................................................................................. 2. They have no plural. They are used
in the plural to denote different
................................................................................. sorts of a given substance:
................................................................................ wine – wines, fruit – fruits

143
Ex 6. Singular or plural? Fill in the nouns from the list 3. Some uncountable nouns that
into the spaces. refer to food and drinks can be
countable nouns when they refer
chicken  food  carrot  potato  onion to quantities of the food or drink.
 Do you like coffee?
(uncountable)
1. She doesn’t eat red meat, she eats only ................. .  We asked for two coffees.
In summer mother usually bought us five small yellow (countable)
................. to take care of. 2. Eating ................. is good 4. Some nouns are uncountable when
for the eyes. You should eat at least a ................. a day. they refer to something in general
and countable when they refer to a
3. I cut out sweets and fatty ................. . Most particular instance of something.
Europeans use twelve basic ................. , such as meat,  He is allergic to strawberry.
fish, cereals, vegetables, etc. 4. I always “cry” when I  She decorated the cake with ten
chop ................. . Did you remember to put an strawberries.
................. into the soup? 5. We’ve run out of 5. In general sense, the nouns
potatoes (картофель), onions (лук),
................. , I found only one ................. in the basket. carrots (морковь), oats (овес) are
used in the plural.
 Potatoes are very cheap in
autumn.
Ex 7. Fill in the articles A/AN, THE or pronouns SOME  Spanish onions are sweet.
or ANY where necessary.
They can also be used in the
singular: a potato (одна штука
1. When we visited Grandmother in summer she taught картофеля), a carrot (один
me how to milk a cow. I don’t like ....... new milk, but I корешок моркови), an onion
helped her, of course. 2. Can I have ....... milk, Gran? (луковица).
....... milk is sour. Will you have ....... sour milk? 3. The
doctor said I should eat ....... butter every day, it’s good
for the skin. 4. I don’t eat ....... butter, I’m on a slimming
diet. 5. Where did you buy ....... butter, it is ....... very
good butter, I’d like to buy this brand too. 6. Do you take
....... cream with your coffee? I’d rather have ....... low fat
milk. Less ....... fat, you know. 7. We eat vegetable soup
with crackers and ....... cheese. 8. Will you buy .......
cheese for lunch? 9. I’ve brought ....... cottage cheese.
I want you to try ....... cottage cheese. It was made on
our local farm.

BASIC USES OF “SOME” and “ANY”


SOME ANY
1. Affirmatives: I want some milk. 1. Negatives: I don’t want any milk.
2. Questions expecting a positive answer, for 2. Uncertain questions: Is there any ... ?
example, offers and requests: 3. With “hardly”, etc.: There is hardly any
Would you like some coffee? sugar left.
May I have some tea? 4. With “at all”: We haven’t any bread at all.
5. After “if”: Buy some pears if you see any.

144
Ex 8. Translate the sentences from Russian into English. USE OF ARTICLE
WITH NOUNS OF MATERIAL
1. Принеси мне сливки для кофе, пожалуйста.
............................................................................. Nouns of material (butter, tea, iron,
2. Утром я пью кофе. Кофе горячий. water, honey, wine, snow, etc.)
............................................................................. – In a general sense – NO ARTICLE
3. Простокваша вкусная, я люблю простоквашу.  Man can’t live without water.
.............................................................................  He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t
eat meat.
4. Я принесла тебе творог, ты ешь творог?
 I prefer tea to coffee.
.............................................................................
– When modified by a
5. Это домашний творог, творог сделала моя мама.
particularizing attribute or the
............................................................................. situation makes it definite – THE
6. Он попросил меня купить хлеба и сыра, но сыр  Rosa tasted the wine. It was
ему не понравился. Это был мягкий сыр. good.
.............................................................................  The coffee she made was better
7. Мне нужно немного масла для бутербродов. than he had hoped and very hot.
 She looked with hungry eyes at
Масло на столе. the bread and meat the
............................................................................. landlady brought her.
8. Ты выпьешь чаю? Марк купил вчера очень NOTE
хороший чай.
1. When an indefinite part of the
............................................................................. substance is meant, some/any are
used:
 I bought some bread and
MEMORY BOX

DAIRY PRODUCTS – cheese.


4
молочные продукты 2. We use a/an when:
a) sorts of food are meant
milk – молоко  They give a good coffee
sour milk – простокваша here.
milkshake – молочный коктейль b) a portion of something is meant
cream – сливки  He drank a brandy and went
sour cream – сметана out.
butter – масло  I’ll buy you an ice.
c) the noun indicates an object
margarine – маргарин
made of a certain material
cheese – сыр  There is a tin of sardines on
curd (cheese)/cottage cheese – творог the table.
yoghurt – йогурт

Ex 9. Correct the mistakes. Write in A/AN or SOME where necessary. Sometimes both variants
are possible.

1. Joanna eats apple every morning. ...an apple...


2. Peter doesn’t like milk in his tea. ...no change...
3. Kate rarely has biscuit with her coffee. .................................
4. George normally has meat for dinner. .................................

145
5. Brain usually has omelette for lunch. .................................
6. Margaret never drinks beer. .................................
7. Robin occasionally puts butter on his potatoes. .................................

Ex 10. Jane is trying to lose weight, so every day she writes down what she has eaten. Look at
the picture of what she ate today and complete her notes, using A/AN or SOME where necessary.

breakfast lunch
dinner

Today was quite good, at least to start with. I only had (1)................................. for
breakfast. At lunch time I ate (2)................................. . For dinner I had
(3)
................................. and (4)................................. , followed by (5)................................. .
I drank (6)................................. afterwards and I'm afraid I did put
(7)
................................. in it!

5
Listening
Mr Brown and Sarah have to do the shopping today. They
talk about what to buy. Listen to the dialogue twice and put
down the food they discuss into two columns:

THEY’VE RUN OUT OF THEY DON’T NEED TO BUY


..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

146
Ex 11. Jamie doesn’t like supermarkets so he always goes to Mrs Martin’s shop. But Mrs Martin
doesn’t always have everything he needs. Expand the situation. Use the information given in the
chart and the prompts in brackets. Remember to use SOME and ANY where necessary.

Yes, I’ve got… No, I haven’t got…


cornflakes, coffee, strawberry jam tomatoes, French cheese
bread peanut butter

Jamie: Hi, Mrs Martin.


Mrs Martin: Hello Jamie. What can I do for you?
Jamie: We need (1) ........................... cornflakes. Have you got (2) ............................... ?
Mrs Martin: Yes, I’ve got (3) ........................... . Here they are.
Jamie: (French cheese) OK! Have you got (4) .......................................... ?
Mrs Martin: I’m sorry. (5) .......................................... .
Jamie: (coffee, peanut butter) Have (6) ...................................................................... ?
(7)
Mrs Martin: ................................................................................................................. .
Jamie: (strawberry jam, bread) (8) .............................................................................. ?
(9)
Mrs Martin: ................................................................................................................. .
Jamie: I forgot my money! I haven’t got (10) ........................... money at all! I’ll run home
and get (11) .......................... ! Sorry, Mrs Martin.

Ex 12. Match the phrasal verbs to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
cut out  live on  mix up (together)  run out (of)

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Have as food or diet ................................... ...................................
2. Blend different things together ................................... ...................................
3. Stop eating or drinking ................................... ...................................
4. Not have any more left ................................... ...................................

Ex 13. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the Memory Box
above.

1. Can I use your lighter? I’ve ................. matches. 2. She ................. oil, vinegar and a bit of sugar
together to dress the salad. 3. They have a summer house on an island. All summer long they
................. fish and vegetables from their kitchen garden. 4. My doctor tells me I must .................
coffee and tobacco. 5. You shouldn’t ................. fruit only, you’d better ................. sweets and
fatty foods. 6. Put the eggs and sugar in the bowl and ................. them ................. together.

147
Study these networks for the words
6
BREAD and CEREALS

wholemeal
white wholegrain
brown rye

BREAD
stal f
e af o
a lo
fresh e of
a slic

wheat – пшеница buckwheat – гречневая крупа

rice – рис semolina – манная крупа


CEREALS

corn – кукуруза oats – овёс


MEMORY BOX

BAKED GOODS
7
flour – мука
dough – тесто
Ex 14. Read the text and answer the questions. doughnut – пончик
croissant – круасан, француз-
Bread, Cereals, Rice, and Pasta ский рогалик
muffin – сдобная горячая бу-
лочка
Grain products like bread, cereals, rice, and pasta are bun/roll – сдобная булочка
good for you. They are important sources of vitamins and cake – торт, пирожное
minerals. pancakes – блины
Many people think that breads, rice and pasta are thick pancakes – оладьи
curd pancakes – творожники
fattening. They are not. But when you add fats like
pie – пирог
margarine, oil, mayonnaise, cheese sauce to them, you
add many extra calories.
Try a wholegrain bread instead of white bread, use brown rice instead of white rice or mix them
together the next time you have rice. They are much healthier.
Some breads and cereals have lots of fat and sugar added when they are manufactured. Croissants,
doughnuts, cakes and some muffins have a lot of fat and calories. When you shop, read the food
labels and look for breads, cereals, rice and pasta mixes that have less fat and sugar in them.

148
1. Why are grain products good for you? ................................................................................
2. What breads and cereals are fattening? Why? ......................................................................
3. Which breads and cereals are healthier? ............................................................................

Ex 15. Translate the dialogue.


– Оладьи вкусные, правда?
.......................................................................................................................................
– Если честно (to tell the truth), я не очень люблю оладьи.
.......................................................................................................................................
– Неужели? Я думала, это твое любимое блюдо. Попробуй оладьи с клубничным ва-
реньем. Это очень вкусно.
.......................................................................................................................................
– Мам, я видела в холодильнике кусочек вчерашнего пирога с капустой. Можно мне его
взять?
.......................................................................................................................................
– Конечно, но боюсь, он чёрствый.
.......................................................................................................................................
– Не волнуйся, твой пирог всегда вкусный.
.......................................................................................................................................

Grammar
QUANTIFIERS: MUCH/MANY, LITTLE/FEW, A LOT OF/PLENTY OF
Some quantifiers combine with countable nouns, some with uncountable, and some with both kinds.
COUNTABLE NOUNS UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
МНОГО MANY MUCH
How many oranges will you take? Is there much water in the kettle?
Don’t eat too many sweets, Bob. I don’t eat much meat. I prefer fish.
МАЛО FEW LITTLE
We have few eggs left in the fridge. You’ve eaten little soup, Jack. Will you
have some more?
НЕМНОГО, A FEW A LITTLE
НЕСКОЛЬКО We have a few pears and bananas left. I’m not hungry. I’ll have only a little salad.

NOTE A lot of, plenty of, enough, hardly any are used with countable and uncountable nouns.
 There are a lot of apples in the basket.
 We have also got enough pears and juice but hardly any jam.
 I don’t have to cook dinner today. Plenty of food is left after the party.
Many and much are mostly used in negative statements and questions, a lot of/plenty of –
in positive sentences.
 How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?
 I don’t take much sugar with my coffee.

149
Ex 16. Make questions using words from each column.
milk
bottles of milk
many soup is
How pieces of cake there in the fridge?
much butter are
pots of yoghurt
eggs

Ex 17. Sue was over for dinner at Meg’s. She liked her fruit salad very much. Meg promised to
send her the recipe. Sue received the e-mail, she calls Meg to ask some questions. Make the
questions, read the answers first. apple
grapes pineapрle

 recipe – Message (HTML)


File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help

cherry
From meggy@mail.com
pear
Subject Fruit Salad plum

FRUIT SALAD
kiwi fruit
This fruit salad combines chopped
peaches, strawberries, apples, peach
and some melon, dressed with a
simple fresh lime and pineapple watermelon
juice dressing.

orange

– Hi, Meg. I hate to be a nuisance, but you forgot


to write the quantity of ingredients. Can I ask you some questions? banana
– Sure.
(1)
– How many/much ........................................................................... ?
– Six peaches and three apples.
(2) lemon
– ...........................................................................
– 400 g of strawberries.
– (3)
........................................................................... melon
– About 200 g of melon.
(4)
– ...........................................................................
– Half a cup of sugar, a cup of pine-apple juice and the juice of one fresh lime.
– Thanks a lot. Sorry to bother you at work.

150
Ex 18. Masha is celebrating her birthday with her colleagues. They are at a restaurant with a
buffet, where you pay a set price and can eat as much as you like. They are discussing the food.
Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

much  many  enough  a lot of  a little bit of  plenty

– It looks so good, but I really can’t eat that (1) ....................... .


– I know what you mean, how (2) ....................... helpings of meat and vegetables can you eat?
– Besides, there are (3) ....................... desserts we have
to try!
– Have they got (4) ....................... drinks to go with all this
food?
– Don’t worry about drinks, they’ve got (5) ....................... .
– I wish I could try (6) ....................... everything.

8
BERRIES
currant cranberry
strawberry
gooseberry cloudberry

raspberry
cowberry
blueberry

Ex 19. Write three shopping lists.

Lunch
Breakfast Dinner
tomatoes
milk ....................
.................... meat
.......
................................. ....................
.................... .................................
.......
.......
................................. ....................
.................... .................................
.......
.......
................................. .................................
.......

151
6.2 Ways of Cooking
Ex 20. Study а vegetable soup recipe and complete the Memory Box with the names of
9
vegetables from the recipe. Translate the words into Russian. Listen and check your
answers.

MEMORY BOX
VEGETABLES
My Mother’s Easy Vegetable Soup
tomato – ..........................
cucumber – ..........................
As a kid, I used to love my mother's homemade lettuce – салат-латук
vegetable soup. With simple, inexpensive ingredients radish – редиска
my mother's homemade vegetable soup was very ....................... – .......................
easy to put together. garlic – чеснок
....................... – .......................
Below you'll find her homemade vegetable soup recipe beet – ..........................
that may also suit your tastes. ....................... – .......................
The Ingredients: ....................... – .......................
green peas – зелёный горошек
Nothing exotic here, you'll find all of the ingredients at the
.......................... – репа
local grocery store. The recipe will easily feed a family of sweet green pepper – ..............
4 to 6. ................
 4 medium sized potatoes (peeled/chunked) .......................... – сельдерей
 3 carrots (sliced) cauliflower – цветная капуста
 1 sweet green pepper (chunked) marrow – кабачок
aubergine/eggplant – баклажан
 1 medium sized yellow onion (chopped)
mushrooms – грибы
 1/4 head of green cabbage (shredded) pumpkin – тыква
 1–2 sticks of celery (sliced)
 1 red delicious apple (peeled/chunked)
 1 turnip (chunked)
MEMORY BOX

COOKING
 1 can of green peas (drained) cook – готовить(еду)
 64 oz vegetable juice boil – варить
 1 can of beef broth peel – чистить (овощи)
 1 tsp dried basil chop – мелко нарубить
 1 tsp oregano chunk – нарезать более крупно
slice – нарезать ломтиками
Salt to taste. shred – измельчить
grate – натереть (на терке)
mince – сделать фарш
stuff – начинять
add – добавить
pour – налить
drain – слить
whisk/whip – взбивать
taste – пробовать
make a scratch dinner – приготовить
обед на скорую руку

152
My Mother’s Homemade Vegetable Soup Recipe

The meat can be prepared however you prefer, but my mother used a pressure cooker for her
homemade vegetable soup and indeed, it produces very tender meat.

1. 2. 3.

 Place 500 gr of roast in the  Meanwhile, peel and  Slice the celery, and
pressure cooker with one cup chunk the vegetables shred the cabbage.
of water. Cook for 30 minutes. and the apple. Add into the pot.

4. 5. 6.

 Pour in the vegetable juice  Stir in seasonings and  Cook for one and a
and one cup of the beef broth reduce heat to medium. half hours. Add the
and bring to the full boil. meat.
MEMORY BOX

sprinkle – взбрызнуть
squeeze – выжимать
As kids we had a bowl of stir – помешивать
this soup with crackers mix (up) – смешать/перемешать
and a slice or two of spread – намазать
cheddar cheese. sift – просеивать
serve (hot/cold) – подавать (го-
рячим/ холодным)
bring to the boil – довести до
кипения
turn over – перевернуть
melt – растопить

153
Ex 21. Give a word or a phrase for the definition.
Electric/gas cooker
1. Rub into small pieces (cheese, carrots)
saucepan cooking pot
............. grate .............
2. Cut or chop (meat) into small pieces stew boil
....................................
3. Take the skin of
....................................
4. Cook in hot oven fry
....................................
5. Cook in hot water at 100°C frying pan
....................................
6. Cook in boiling fat
.................................... oven
7. Cook in water or juice slowly
in a closed saucepan roast,
bake
....................................
8. Beat cream or eggs up baking tray spit grill
....................................

Ex 22. Translate the recipe.


Фаршированный перец – Stuffed Pepper
1. Снять верх и аккуратно очистить сладкий зелёный перец.
Cut off the top and scoop out insides of sweet green peppers carefully.
2. Промолоть на мясорубке 200 г говядины и 200 г свинины.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Натереть на тёрке 1 морковь.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Мелко нарезать 1 луковицу.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Сварить полстакана риса.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Всё тщательно перемешать, посолить и добавить зелень.
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Начинить перец приготовленной начинкой.
.......................................................................................................................................
8. Нарезать ломтиками 1 луковицу и 1 морковь, положить в сотейник. Сверху положить
начинённый перец.
.......................................................................................................................................

154
9. Добавить 1 стакан овощного бульона и 1 стакан томатного сока.
.......................................................................................................................................
10. Тушить 45 минут.
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 23. Find pairs of opposites in the list and put them in the Memory Box. Listen and
10
check your answers.

sour  tough  spicy/hot  stale  sweet  crisp  salty  tender  tasteless


lean  fresh  soft  flavourless  unsalted  fatty  delicious

MEMORY BOX
Ex 24. Translate the dialogue. WHAT IS IT LIKE?
spicy/hot – flavourless
– Эта телятина очень нежная, но довольно ..............................................
безвкусная. ..............................................
........................................................................ ..............................................
....................................................................... ..............................................
...................................................................... ..............................................
...................................................................... ..............................................
– Я думаю, это легко исправить. На столе соль и ..............................................
специи. Мой бифштекс немного жёсткий, а вот
жареная картошка хрустящая и очень вкусная.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
– Пожалуйста, две чашки чая, крепкого и горячего.
Принесите чай позднее, пожалуйста, мы не любим
MEMORY BOX

SPICES – специи
пить холодный чай. 11
................................................................................ seasoning – приправа
................................................................................ herbs – «зелень»
parsley – петрушка
................................................................................
dill – укроп
................................................................................ horse radish – хрен
mustard – горчица
mayonnaise – майонез
ketchup – кетчуп
pepper – перец
salt – соль
vinegar – уксус
oil – растительное масло
sauce – соус

155
Sweets and Desserts

Ex 25. Read the text and complete the Memory Box with the names of traditional English
12
desserts. Listen and check your answers.
Answer the questions: What is pudding? What is custard?

English Desserts

There’s no getting around it, the English have a sweet tooth. No, make that a very sweet tooth.

And judging by the number and variety of English desserts, it's not a newly acquired taste either.
There are pudding recipes for any number of occasions. Some traditional pudding and custard
recipes have roots that reach back into the
middle ages.

MEMORY BOX
SWEETS AND DESSERTS
In the United Kingdom pudding refers to rich,
fairly homogeneous starchy1 – or dairy-based chocolate
chocolates – шоколадные конфеты
desserts.
ice-cream
The word pudding is also used for savoury2 jam – варенье
dishes such as Yorkshire pudding, black marmalade – повидло из цитрусовых
pudding, steak and kidney pudding and blood honey – мед
pudding. biscuit/cookies – печенье
..........................................................
Initially, custards were used only as fillings for pies, ..........................................................
pastries and tarts. After the 16th century, custards ..........................................................
began to be used in individual dishes rather than as ..........................................................
a filling in crusts3. ..........................................................
Custard was a favourite at the court of Elizabeth I,
whose teeth bore witness to her love of sweets.

1
starchy – содержащий крахмал
2
savoury – пикантный (не сладкий)
3
crust – корж

6.3 Meals

156
6.3 Meals
Ex 26. In the text below underline all the meals an Englishman has. Complete the Memory Box
with these phrases.

An Englishman’s Diary
An Englishman’s day begins when he sits down to breakfast with his morning newspaper.
As he looks through the headlines there is nothing he likes better than his favourite breakfast of
cornflakes with milk and sugar (porridge if he lives in the North), fried bacon and eggs,
marmalades on toast and tea (with milk, of course) or coffee.
After breakfast, except on Saturdays and Sundays he goes to work. He leaves home at about 7:30.
At offices or factories there is a tea or coffee break at eleven. Then at mid-day everything stops
for lunch. Most offices and shops close for an hour from one to two.
Englishmen are fond of good plain food, and they usually want to know what they eat. They like
beefsteaks, chops, roast beef and Yorkshire1 pudding, fried fish and chipped potatoes.
There are usually two courses in the mid-day meal – a meat course with a lot of vegetables, a
sweet dish, perhaps fruit pudding and custards with tea or coffee to finish.
Then back to work again with another break
in the middle of the afternoon, once again
MEMORY BOX

MEALS
for tea or coffee, sometimes with a cake or a meal
a biscuit. ..................................
The working day finishes at any time brunch – перекусывать между
between four and six. When an Englishman завтраком и ланчем
have ..................................
gets home he likes to inspect his garden
..................................
before the evening meal: tea, high tea, ..................................
dinner or supper. supper
When his evening meal is over, the Englishman a snack/bite – перекусить
may do a little gardening and then have a walk for breakfast – на завтрак
to the “local” (the nearest beerhouse) for a at breakfast – за завтраком
“quick one” (a drink, alcoholic, of course!). in time for dinner – вовремя к обеду
go out for a meal – есть вне дома
Then at any time between 10 and 12 he has his
dine out – обедать где-либо (не дома)
“night-cap” – a drink with a snack – and then off be hungry – быть голодным
to bed ready for tomorrow. be thirsty – хотеть пить
(by Stephanie Andrews) high tea – ранний ужин с чаем
light supper – лёгкий ужин
heavy / substantial breakfast – плотный
завтрак
1 Yorkshire xDàiâpèz= do justice to the meal – отдать должное
2
brunch – a meal eaten in late morning (brunch – еде
a combination of breakfast and lunch)

157
Ex 27. Insert articles A/AN, THE or ZERO where
necessary. Grammar
1. Did they give you ........ good breakfast at the hotel?
2. What do you do after ........ breakfast? 3. Shall we give
her ........ traditional English dinner? 4. There is a proverb: USE OF ARTICLES
“After ........ dinner sleep awhile, after ........ supper walk WITH THE NAMES OF MEALS:
LUNCH, DINNER, TEA
a mile.” 5. Actors usually have ........ supper after the play,
though actresses have ........ very light supper. 6. Our son – As a rule, usually NO ARTICLE
Harry doesn’t eat ........ lunch they give at school, he has  Did you have dinner?
 Lunch is ready.
........ sandwiches I make him. 7. It’s time for ........ dinner.
8. My duty was to provide ........ lunch for five people. 9. – When modified by a particularising
They were at ........ dinner when I called on them. 10. We attribute, situation: THE
had ........ nice lunch of ........ cold meat and ........ salad.  The dinner we had today was
very good.
11. ........ dinner she gave us was rather heavy. 12. When
 The lunch was a success.
are you goingto eat ........ lunch? 13. Have you had ........
dinner yet? 14. There is usually ........ tea break at 11 am. – When modified by a descriptive
attribute: A
 After a heavy breakfast we
started for...
Ex 28. Insert prepositions and adverbs where necessary.
– In Set Expressions:
Tea Time to have breakfast (lunch, dinner,
tea, coffee)
It will surprise you to learn that when the mistress (1) ........ BUT: a meal
to have a meal
the house (2) ........ England offers (3) ........ her visitors a
cup (4) ........ tea, she sometimes asks: “Russian or
English tea?” (5) ........ “Russian tea” the English
(6)
mean tea with ........ slice
MEMORY BOX

BEVERAGES – напитки
(7) (8)
........ lemon ........ it. “English tea” means
very strong tea (9) ........ some milk (10) ........ it. hot drinks – горячие напитки
tea
Tea drinking is quite a tradition with the English. coffee
Tea is served (11) ........ almost every house hot chocolate
(12)
........ the same time (13) ........ 5 o’clock soft drinks – безалкогольные напитки
(14)
........ the afternoon. The teacups and juice
saucers with teaspoons are laid (15)
........ the table. mineral water
The milk pot and the sugar basin are also (16) ........ lemonade
strong drinks – крепкие напитки
the table. The are small plates (17) ........ bread and
wine (dry, sweet, red)
butter or bread and jam also (18) ........ the table. Tea brandy/cognac – коньяк
is ready in the teapot. The hostess pours the tea (19) beer
........ the cups.

158
Ex 29. In the text above find the names for all the things you see on the table. Put them down
accordingly.
fork
decanter
(table) spoon dinner plate
knife dish

tray soup plate

corkscrew
wine glasses
(1)
...................

salad bowl
(2)
...................

(7)
(3)
................... ...................

(6) napkin
(4)
...................
...................
(5)
...................
MEMORY BOX

lay/set the table – накрыть на стол


spread the table cloth – расстелить
скатерть
sit down to table – сесть за стол
invite smb (over) to dinner – при-
гласить на обед
treat smb to – угощать

Some Useful Phrases


– Do you take milk
with your tea?
– Yes, please.

– How many lumps


– No sugar, of sugar?
thank you.

159
– Thank you, I’d – Help yourself to
rather have some toast some bread and jam.
and honey.

– Would you
– No more, like another cup?
thank you.

Ex 30. Match the phrasal verbs to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
serve up  call off  pick at  dine out  serve out

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

1. Cancel ............................ ............................


2. Give a portion of food to each person ............................ ............................
3. Eat very little because you are not hungry
or don’t like the food ............................ ............................
4. Start serving a meal ............................ ............................
5. Eat dinner in a restaurant or in smb’s house ............................ ............................

Ex 31. Translate the sentences.


1. Уже время подавать обед?
........................................................................................................................................
2. Он принял приглашение на ланч, а потом отказался в последнюю минуту.
........................................................................................................................................
3. Майк, скорее, мама раскладывает пудинг.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Она была не голодна и просто ковыряла еду в своей тарелке.
........................................................................................................................................
5. Дэн, не включай телевизор, Мэри уже начала подавать обед.
........................................................................................................................................

160
6. Моя дочь очень худая, она плохо ест, сидит и часами ковыряет в своей тарелке.
........................................................................................................................................
7. Очень жаль, что Эрик не пришёл на обед. Он отказался от нашего приглашения сегодня
утром.
........................................................................................................................................
8. Дети сидели и ждали, когда каждому дадут его порцию мороженого.
........................................................................................................................................
9. Скажите Марии, чтобы она не готовила обед, сегодня мы не обедаем дома.
........................................................................................................................................

13
Listening
Listen to the dialogues twice and say what Ann gave John for dinner and what Kate served.

ANN KATE
First course ...................................... ......................................
Main course ...................................... ......................................
Dessert ...................................... ......................................
MEMORY BOX

SOME DISHES – некоторые блюда


14
soup – суп
broth – бульон
chop – отбивная котлета
beef steak – бифштекс
fried chicken – жареный цыплёнок
fried fish fillet – жареное рыбное филе
steamed fish – рыба, приготовленная на пару
pasta – макароны
noodles – лапша
salad – салат
stewed vegetables – тушёные овощи
mashed potatoes – картофельное пюре
baked potatoes – запечёный картофель
stewed fruit – компот
meat balls – фрикадельки
“Only cheese for lunch?” kebab/shashlik – шашлык
“Yes, the cutlets caught fire and stewed mutton – тушёная баранина
it spread to the apple tart so I roasted veal – жареная в духовке телятина
had to take soup to put it out.” lamb casserole – баранина, запечёная в духовке
mixed grill – ассорти из жареного мяса
rough-and-ready meal – еда, приготовленная на
скорую руку

161
Some Useful Phrases
Having people over to dinner

– I’ll treat you to


– I bet it’s delicious a new dish today.
as usual.

– Help yourself
to some more
meat.
– Thank you, I can’t
refuse. The meat is well-
done. Just to my liking.

– Thank you, Mary.


It was an excellent – I’m glad it
dinner. suited your tastes.

Ex 32. Make word partnerships. Draw a line to connect words or phrases. Some variants are
possible.

chop for lunch


be supper
slice breakfast
look through the cheese
come in time the papers at breakfst
heavy the onions
make thirsty
substantial a scratch dinner

Ex 33. Translate the sentences from Russian intо English.


1. Мы сняли летний домик. В саду прекрасная беседка (pergola/pavilion), где мы можем
есть.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Я люблю приглашать Джона на обед. Он ест с таким аппетитом. Он отдаёт должное
каждому блюду.
.........................................................................................................................................

162
3. Марк пригласил меня к себе на ланч и угостил прекрасным омаром. Я попробовала
омара впервые.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Что вам давали на завтрак в Уэльсе? Я слышала, что у них очень плотный завтрак.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Я терпеть не могу, когда мой муж читает газеты во время завтрака.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Ты такая стройная. Ты придерживаешься какой-то особой диеты? – Конечно нет. Я ем
легкий обед в 7 вечера, это моя последняя еда перед сном.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. В воскресенье я никогда не готовлю обед. Мы не едим дома по воскресеньям.
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Ты пришёл как раз к обеду. Я уже накрыла на стол.
.........................................................................................................................................

6.4 Going out for a Meal


Ex 34. You want to invite somebody for a meal. Read the dialogues A–D and scan the
advertisements 1–5. Which advertisement is the right one for you? Why?

1.
2.
THE WALDORF HILTON
Traditional afternoon tea Inn The Park
at the Waldorf Hilton Set in the middle of beautiful
is served daily between 2.30 pm and St James's Park, Inn The Park is a great
5.30 pm. place for family dining or romantic
evening meals.
EXPECT A SELECTION
On the menu, you'll find both traditional
of finger sandwiches,
freshly baked scones1, homemade
and modern British dishes, served up
tartlets and other specialties. with chef’s own unique twist.
From 5 pm daily
For something more substantial, opt
Breakfast and Lunch Weekends
for2 our High Tea, which is served until
8 pm and is the perfect Rte. 28, So, Chatham, 420-9060
pre-theatre meal.

1
a scone – a small round cake, sometimes containing dried fruit, which is usually eaten with butter
2
opt for (smth) – choose one thing instead of another

163
3.
The new
4.
CIAO Ristorante KE NS IN GT ON RO OF
and Bar High up above Kensing
GA RD EN S
ton High Street,
Home made Italian Kensington Roof Gard
ens is a stunning
cooking just like momís oasis in the centre of Lo
ndon.
or maybe better!!! You can dine on the ter
race at Babylon
ìChiaoî is one of the best restaurant, and explore the
Spanish garden,
places in London to enjoy and English woodland.
There's even a
Italian food. stream stocked with fish,
and a pond.

LUNCH 11.30AM ñ 2.00PM Restaurant opening hours


Lunch :
DINNER 5.00PM ñ 10.00PM 12.00 – 2.00 pm
Dinner 6.00 – 10.00 pm (Mon–F
r)
312ñ266 CIAO (2459) 6.30 – 10.30 pm (Sat–Sun
)

5.
THE MICHELIN RIVER CAFE
is one of the best places in Oxford Street
where you can find a mix of bars, restaurants and
coffee shops. 1
2
The area boasts one of London's largest
concentrations of pavement dining. Whether you're 3
looking for SPANISH, FRENCH or JAPANESE cuisine, or
4
even a pub lunch, St Christopher's Place has it all.
5

A. – I have a good idea! Let’s go out to eat.


– It’s such a beautiful day. I don’t want to sit in a restaurant.
– Well, let’s go out to this place. We can eat in a garden restaurant if you like.

B. – I don’t feel like cooking today. How about eating out?


– Well, you lead then. You should know better.
– OK. Let’s go to this restaurant. I love Italian food.

C. – Do you care for a dinner with me tonight?


– With pleasure. Where would you like to go?

164
– Oh, how about something exclusive,

MEMORY BOX
IS THERE A GOOD
a romantic dinner? 15
RESTAURANT/CAFE NEARBY?
– I am intrigued. What place do you have in
bar – бар
mind?
restaurant – ресторан
self-service restaurant – ресторан
D. – We’re meeting the Robertsons at 7 pm самообслуживания
tonight, aren’t we? fast food restaurant – закусочная,
– We are, I’m thinking of inviting them to that ресторан быстрого обслуживания
nice place for a nice cup of tea before the cafe/coffee house – кафе
theatre. pavement/sidewalk cafe – уличное
– Great idea. I love their finger sandwiches or кафе
we can have something more substantial. coffee shop/coffee bar – кофейня
tea room/tea shop – чайная
– I’ll call them right away then.
snack bar – закусочная
canteen –столовая (в учреждении)
refreshment room – буфет (в театре,
Ex 35. Read the text. Compose a dialogue на вокзале)
between Declan, Fiona and Mrs Brennan, the buffet – а-ля фуршет, буфет
chef’s wife. buffet/smorgasbord – «шведский
стол»
At lunch time Declan asked Fiona out. grill room – гриль-бар
kebab house – шашлычная
“That would be great”, she said and sounded as if takeaway – ресторан, продающий
she meant it. еду на вынос
“Where would you like to go?”
“Take me somewhere you like”, Fiona said.
Declan’s mind went blank. He didn’t know anywhere. He remembered
he had seen an article in one of the papers about a place called
Quentins. It was over elegant, they said.
“Quentins?” he suggested, amazed that his voice sounded normal.
“Gosh”, Fiona said, impressed.
Declan wondered if he was quite mad to have suggested the place.
After work he called the restaurant hoping they might be full. But no,
it turned out that they could easily find a table for two. So, he booked
it.

(Declan, Fiona, Mrs Brennan) .................................................................................................


.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

165
Ex 36. Complete the dialogue with the

MEMORY BOX
ENTERING THE RESTAURANT
words and phrases from the Memory Box.
ask somebody out – пригласить кого-
либо на обед/ужин в ресторан
A: Good evening! We would like to have
book/reserve a table – заказать столик
(1).......................... , please.
have a reservation – столик заказан
B: Good evening! Do you (2)............... table for two – столик на двоих
............. ? have a drink at the bar – выпить в баре
A: No, we don’t. Are there any tables free? аперитив
B: Unfortunately not, we are all packed tonight. show to the table – проводить к столу
But if you would like to wait for 10–15
minutes, we would be able to offer you that table by the window.
A: Thank you, it sounds good. We’ll (3).......................... and wait.
B: You are very welcome.

Ex 37. Find the logical order of the following dialogue parts.


 Mr Smith: What a good idea. What would you say, John?
 John: I’ll have the same.
 Head waiter: Good evening, sir. Sure. Would you like to have a drink in the bar first and I’ll
bring you the menu.
 Mr Smith: Scotch for me, I think. What about you, John?

1 Mr Smith: Hello. Do you have a table for two, please?
 John: I don’t mind.
 Head waiter: This way, gentlemen. Now, what would you like?
 Head waiter: So, two whiskies. Very good. Here is the menu.
MEMORY BOX

Ex 38. Use the words from the THE SERVICE


Memory Box to complete the text. waiter/waitress – официант(ка)
wine steward – сомелье
Fiona said she would meet him order – заказывать (еду)
at the restaurant. She looked supervise the meal – следить как протекает обед
stunning. refill the glasses – заново наполнить бокалы
bill – счёт
Mrs Brennan, who was in charge, heavy bill – большой счёт
welcomed them in as warmly as if they settle/pay the bill – оплатить счёт
had been the captains of industry or have the bill straight away – получить счёт сразу
ambassadors. She offered them a glass The dinner is on me. Я плачу./Я угощаю.
of Champagne (1)...................... and It’s my treat.
wished them a pleasant evening. The It’s my round. – Я оплачиваю напитки за всех.
on the house – за счёт заведения
waiter wondered what they would like to
(2).......................
tip – чаевые

166
Brenda Brennan (3)...................... from afar. She never interrupted their conversation, but she
was always nearby to (4)...................... the water glasses, the coffee cups, the bread basket.
The meal was over before they realised it.

Ex 39. Complete the dialogue, translate the sentences from Russian into English.
In the Bar

Head waiter:Very good, sir. (1) Ваш столик будет готов через несколько минут. .....................
.......................................................... .
Mr Smith: OK. We’ll be along, (2) и пришлите, пожалуйста, сомелье. ..........................
.......................................................... .
(3)
Waiter: Вам подать кофе? ..................................................... ?
Mr Smith: No, thanks, actually. We are in a bit of a hurry. (4) Не могли бы мы сразу получить
счёт? ....................................................................................... ?
Waiter: Sure. I’ll bring it immediately.
John: Look, Mr Smith. Let me do this.
(5)
Mr Smith: Нет, нет. За этот обед плачу я. А вы в следующий раз. Вот, пожалуйста,
официант. ........................................................................................... .
John: Well, that’s very kind...

Ex 40. Who says what? Match the sentences to the people and put them in the right order.
Head waiter (H) Waiter (W) Guest (G)


1. 
H How many in your party?   Separate bills or together?

  Thank you.   Is this table all right?

  Here you are!   It looks fine, thanks.

  Thank you very much!   Yes, please.

  Yes, everything is fine, thank you.   Is everything all right?

  Smoking, please.   Enjoy your meal!

  Together, please.   Are you ready to order?

  What would you like?   Good evening, my name is Thelma, I’ll


be your waitress tonight. Here is the
  Smoking or non-smoking?
menu card.
  A green salad and spaghetti Bolognese,
  We are two.
please.

167
16
Listening
Listen to the dialogue twice and fill in the chart below.

A B
Starter ...............................................................
For a first course — tomato soup
...............................................................
For a main dish ...............................................................
Drinks ...............................................................
For dessert ...............................................................

A LA CARTE MENU

Starters Desserts
Spring Green Salad Chilled Coconut
Pickles Chocolate Tart
Smoked Salmon Ice Cream
Pancakes with Caviar

Snacks always available.

Main Courses Beverages


Fillet Steak
A LA CARTE MENU
MEMORY BOX

Lamb Rump 17
Calf Liver wine list – карта вин
Market Fish of the Day extensive – обширное (меню)
traditional – традиционное
table d’hote – общий стол
The Dish of the House
a la carte – порционно, на заказ
Crispy Duck
appetiser/starter – холодные
закуски
Side Dishes for a first course/a main dish –
Mashed Potatoes на первое/на второе
Buttered New Potatoes
Roasted Mediterranean Vegetables

168
Ex 41. Complete the dialogue, translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Head waiter: So, two whiskies. Here is the menu.
Mr Smith: Now, let’s see. (1) С чего мы начнём? Салат с креветками или зелёный салат?
.......................................................................................................................
(2)
John: Я думаю, я возьму салат с креветками. .........................................................
Mr Smith: OK. And what shall we have to follow?
John: You know what I’d like? (3) Что-нибудь типично американское. ........................
...........................................................................
Mr Smith: OK, then. (4) Как насчёт настоящего американ-
ского бифштекса? ...............................................
.............................................................................
John: All right. I’ll try that.
Mr Smith: That’s settled, then. (5) Мы оба возьмём салат с
креветками на закуску, а затем бифштекс.
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
Head waiter: Very good. (6) Какие овощи вы бы хотели?............
..........................................................................
Mr Smith: Oh, French fries and asparagus, I think. What about you, John?
(7)
John: Я бы хотел тушёные овощи. ......................................................... Got to think
about my waistline, you know.
Head waiter: Very good, sir. Your table’s ready when you are.
Mr Smith: OK. We’ll be along in a couple of minutes, and would you send the wine steward
over?

Ex 42. Find word partners that go together. Draw a line to connect them.
book the meal
show the guests
refill
 the bill
a table
settle the glasses
the dish to the table
supervise of the House

169
Ex 43. Translate the sentences from Russian into
Apart from predicting the future,
English. will and shall are used in some other
ways:
1. Мисс Кейси, закажите мне, пожалуйста, столик в – shall in offers:
 Shall I get you something to
«Метрополе» на сегодняшний вечер. drink?
............................................................................. – shall in suggestions:
.............................................................................  Shall we go out for dinner?
2. Завтра пятница, может быть, пообедаем в горо- – will in requests/invitations:
 Will you pass me the salt
де? please?
.............................................................................  Will you join us for lunch?
3. Принести вам лёд, сэр?
.............................................................................
4. Я так устала, проведём вечер дома? ................................................................................
5. Подать кофе сейчас или позже? ....................................................................................
6. Принесите, пожалуйста, карту вин. .................................................................................
7. Вам показать ваш столик? Надеюсь, он вам понравится.
......................................................................................................................................
8. Налейте мне ещё вина, пожалуйста. ................................................................................
MEMORY BOX

WHAT DOES IT TASTE LIKE?


Ex 44. Jo-Clark Heslin, food and nutrition smell good – хорошо пахнуть
18

columnist, helps his readers translate taste good – быть вкусным


nutrition science into practical, easy to first-rate – первоклассный
understand, reliable advice what and perfect – совершенный
where to eat. You’re going to read a excellent – отличный
delicious – очень вкусный
passage from his column. Fill in the gaps
tasty – вкусный
with the words from the box. acceptable – приемлемый
satisfactory – удовлетворительный
was spoilt  excellent  extensive spoilt – испорченный
underdone  the speciality of the day tasteless – безвкусный
satisfactory  well-done  traditional uneatable – несъедобный
disgusting – отвратительный
delicious  French-bottled table
well cooked – хорошо приготовленный
fresh  acceptable  overcooked just to one’s liking – как кто-либо любит
suit one’s taste – по чему-либо вкусу
at a reasonable price – по разумной цене

This week we decided to look at a small family-run restaurant in a village of Wardleton, “The Old Mill.”
We had heard several favourable comments about it. Although the choice of items on the menu was very
(1)................................, it was rather (2)................................ . We started with fish, but to our great

disappointment this very good fish (3)................................ by a number of herbs. For my main course I
chose the pepper steak, which was (4)................................. I thought it almost perfect, the chef had chosen
(5)................................ meat and it was (6)................................ .

170
My wife ordered roast lamb, and although the quality of the meat was good, it was (7)................................,
not completely cooked through. Though the vegetables were (8)................................ , they were rather
(9)................................ for our taste.

The fresh fruit salad was not only a delight to see but it was as (10)................................ as it looked, I had
a second helping. I chose house wine. It was a (11)................................ wine which was quite
(12)................................ and reasonably priced. The bill came to 37 pounds, which was

(13)................................ for the class of the restaurant.

Ex 45. Give English equivalents to the words in brackets.


1. “The Old Mill” (недавно открылся) ............................... but it has already received
(благоприятные отзывы) ................................ .
2. (Выбор блюд) ............................... on the menu was very extensive.
3. The fish (мы заказали) ............................... was spoilt and the roast lamb (был немного
недожарен) ............................... .
4. The bread was fresh because (он был испечён здесь же) ............................... .
5. I was surprised because they (подали салат из свежих фруктов) ............................... .
6. It (занимает очень много времени) ............................... to prepare, but it looks
(восхитительно) ............................... .
7. The bill (был вполне приемлемым) ............................... , but it didn’t include
(обслуживание) ............................... .

Young husband: “This meat is not cooked,


not in the pie.”
Young wife: “I did it like the cookery book
said but as the recipe was for four people
and we are two, I took half of everything
and cooked it for half the time it said.”

171
Ex 46. You are taking your friend to your favourite Steak House. She has no idea how to order
steak to her liking. Teach her the words she should use. Match the words in the box to the
definitions below.

rare  medium  well-done  underdone  overdone

1. Cooked too much

MEMORY BOX
........................ A STEAK CAN BE:
2. Cooked very quickly and still red rare – с кровью
........................ medium – слегка недожаренный
3. Not completely cooked throughout underdone – недожаренный
........................ overdone – пережаренный
well-done – хорошо приготовленный
4. Not pink at all but soft and tender
........................
5. Partly cooked but still slightly pink inside
........................

Ex 47. Fill in prepositions or adverbs.


1. I told the waiter that I was leaving the choice ........... him. 2. The table d’hote is considerably
cheaper and more popular ........... the public. 3. The salad consisted ........... sliced meat, sliced
tomatoes and lettuce. 4. ........... dessert they took strawberry ice-cream. 5. ........... dinner
........... Saturday evening he had asparagus and French beans. 6. In a cafe my boyfriend treated
me ........... an ice-cream. 7.There was no fish ........... the menu.
SHOPPING 7

Not only are the British, in the words of Napoleon, “a nation of shopkeepers”, it is also a country
of compulsive shoppers. The British love to shop! It is their number one leisure activity and
accounts for around 37% of all money spent in England.
The main shopping street in many towns is called the High Street, where you should head for if
you want to go shopping.
Buying or browsing London shops are attractions in themselves. Oxford Street, Regent Street and
Knightsbridge are all known for their famous stores.

1 The Supply Chain

Manufacturer  Wholesaler  Retailer  Consumer

produces buys/sells sells in buys the


goods/merchandise goods in large small quantities goods
quantities to the purchaser

173
Ex 1. In the box below choose the right word for the given definition. Think of Russian equivalents
for these words.

consumer  retail  supply  merchandise  wholesale

– ....... supply .......


MEMORY BOX

1. Provide something which people need ...... снабжать ......


2. Selling of goods especially in large quantities
to shopkeepers for resale to the public – .......................... ..........................
3. Sale of goods usually in small quantities
to the general public – .......................... ..........................
4. Goods bought and sold – .......................... ..........................
5. Person who uses goods – .......................... ..........................

Ex 2. In column B find the synonyms for the words in column A. Draw a line to connect them.
A B
produce purchase
sell
buy  end user
provide
merchandise manufacture
supply trade
consumer goods

7.1 Shopping for Food


Ex 3. Read the text and underline the words denoting types of shops.
The food market in Britain is represented by
MEMORY BOX

DOING THE SHOPPING


different types of shops. Most are owned by 2
national “chains” of stores, such as Sainsbury’s go shopping/do the shopping –
or Tesco. Sainsbury’s supermarkets are the делать покупки
leaders in food and drink selling in Britain, while browse shops – бродить по магазинам
shop window – витрина
Tesco has the “cut of price” image. A few small
booth – ларёк
shops are owned by local people. Some towns shopping queue – очередь
also have street markets where fresh food and salesman/woman (shop assistant) –
cheap goods can be bought. Away from the town продавец /продавщица
centre, small “corner” shops provide groceries to customer/shopper – покупатель
local customers.

174
Ex 4. How do the British call the food shops described below? Find in the box the words and
phrases for the following definitions.

a supermarket  a market  a “corner” shop/local store


a general store  a street market  a grocery store

1. A big store stocking different kinds of foods .........................................


2. A store which sells most goods needed, typically in a rural area .........................................
3. A small shop that provides groceries to local customers .........................................
4. An open place where fresh food and cheap goods are sold .........................................
5. A very large self-service grocery store offering a wide variety of food and household
merchandise .........................................
6. It is mostly a city square where on certain days traders set up stalls and buyers browse for
different kinds of foods .........................................

AT A SUPERMARKET
shelves

ready-packed/
aisle packaged goods

tinned/canned food

shopping cart /trolley

175
quick-frozen food cheese counter
fresh produce

fresh meat counter


nonfood items

checkout
cash desk

Ex 5. Complete the text. Translate the words/phrases in brackets.


A supermarket is a form of (1) (продуктовый магазин самообслуживания) .................................
offering a wide variety of (2) (продовольственных) ................................. and household
(3)
(товаров) ................................. , organised intо (4) (отделы) ................................. . It is larger
in size and has a wider selection than a traditional (5) (гастроном) ................................. .
The supermarket typically comprises (6) (мясной, молочный, выпечных изделий)
................................. departments and fresh produce department along with shelf space
reserved for (7) (консервированные и упакованные товары) ................................. as

176
well as for various (8) (не продуктовые товары)

MEMORY BOX
................................. such as household SUPERMARKET
3
products and cleaners, pharmacy products and self-service – самообслужива-
pet supplies. ние
grocery (store) – продуктовый ма-
The traditional suburban supermarket occupies a
газин/ гастроном
large amount of floor space, usually on a single stock (goods) – иметь в продаже
level, and is situated near (9) (жилой район) wide range/selection/choice (of) –
................................. in order to be (10) (удобный широкий выбор
для покупателей) ................................. . Other display goods – выставлять товары
advantages include (11) (места для парковки) impulse purchase – незапланиро-
................................. and, frequently, the ванная покупка
convenience of (12)
(время работы) ................... special offer/specials – специаль-
.............. – far into the evening or even 24 hours a day. ное предложение
receipt – чек
A supermarket is often a part of (13) (торговой сети)
change – сдача
................................. .

Ex 6. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Супермаркеты – это большие продуктовые магазины самообслуживания.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Товары расположены на длинных полках. Mежду полками проходы, по которым ходят
покупатели, выбирая товары.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Полки заполнены продуктовыми и не продуктовыми товарами.
......................................................................................................................................
4. В супермаркете всегда широкий выбор доступных (affordable) товаров.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Большинство товаров в упаковке, много консервированных и свежезамороженных
продуктов.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Товары выставлены так привлекательно, что многие покупатели испытывают соблазн
(are tempt into) делать больше покупок, чем они планировали.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Продукты в супермаркете дешевле, чем в небольших магазинах «за углом».
......................................................................................................................................
8. B конце дня продукты часто продаются по сниженным ценам.
......................................................................................................................................
9. Покупатели складывают товары в тележку, затем они подходят к месту расчёта, где
оплачивают товары в кассе.
......................................................................................................................................
10. У касс иногда бывает небольшие очереди, но электронные сканеры (кассы) работают
очень быстро.
......................................................................................................................................

177
Listen to the dialogue. You may need the phrases when shopping abroad.
4

– Can I help you?


– Yes, please. I’m looking for some diet jam.
– It’s over there, the third aisle, please.
– Thank you. And I’m sure I won’t be able to find detergent either.
– It’s at the other side of the shop.
– Where exactly?
– Aisle 7. Follow me, please, and I’ll show you.
– Thank you.

SMALL SHOPS

In some places the retail


market is still dominated by
small family-run shops, but
this market is increasingly
being taken over by large
retail chains.

Ex 7. In which shop can you buy these things? Divide the foods into five groups.
shrimps  loose milk  a bun  poultry  cabbage  rye bread  pork
cod  carrots  a pie  cream  onions  cheese  mutton  eggs
potatoes  herbs  doughnuts  liver  herring  butter  lettuce
lobster  a loaf of white bread  carp  half of a duck

baker’s/bakery butcher’s dairy greengrocer’s fishmonger’s


...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................

178
Ex 8. Find the logical order of the following parts of the dialogues.
1. At the Baker’s

MEMORY BOX
White or brown rolls? SMALL SHOPS 5
 No, thanks. confectioner’s/confectionery –
 Certainly. That’s 5 pounds, please. кондитерский магазин
sweet-shop – магазин сладостей/
 Thank you. And, yes, four rolls, please.
кондитерская

1 Can I help you? fruiterer’s – фруктовый магазин
 White, please. florist’s – цветочный магазин
 Here you are. Anything else? off-licenсe (wine and spirit
merchant’s) – винный магазин
 I’d like a loaf of rye bread, please. tobacconist’s – табачный магазин

2. At the Butcher’s
 Here you are.
 OK. We’ve got lovely beef sausages today if you’re interested.

1 What can I get for you?
 Certainly. That’s 7 pounds, please.
 I’d also like half a turkey, please.
 That’s a good idea, I’ll have a pound, please.
 A kilo of mince and four lamb chops, please.
 Will that be all?

6
Listening
You’ll listen to a short information about a convenience
store. Before listening to the text twice, read the questions
I and II to be ready for the given task.

I. Mark the statements that are mentioned in the article.

 1. It is a small store.
 2. Convenience stores are often located at petrol
stations.
 3. A convenience store is often run by a private owner.
 4. It sells some groceries, newspapers, cigarettes.
 5. Such stores don’t sell spare car parts.
 6. But they can sell motor oil or washer fluid.
 7. It may be open 24 hours.

179
II. For questions 1–3 choose the best answer (a–c) according to the text.

1. What is a convenience store?


a) It is a store that sells items for home comfort.
b) It is a low price store.
c) It is a small store often with extended hours, stocking everyday or roadside items.

2. Where are convenience stores usually located?


a) In a busy city centre.
b) In busy neighbourhoods or alongside busy roads.
c) In rural regions. 1
3. What does a convenience store usually sell? 2
a) Sweets, drinks, cigarettes, newspapers, etc. 3
b) Canned goods only.
c) Everything for car repair.

Grammar
THE COMPLEX SUBJECT INFINITIVE CONSTRUCTION
is used with some verb groups in the Passive:
1. think, consider, believe, suppose, expect, know to render an opinion,
2. say, report to convey some information.
is thought
is considered Считается, что…
is supposed
The new supermarket to be…
is expected Предполагают, что…
is known Известно, что …
is reported Сообщают, что…
 The biggest supermarket in the country is reported to be opened in our city.
Сообщается, что в нашем городе открывается самый большой супермаркет в стране.

Ex 9. Study the information about a new superstore. Mark


the key words or phrases rendering the most important
information. The first key phrase is marked for you. Translate
the sentences from English into Russian.

A New Hypermarket

A new hypermarket Bluewater is considered to be the largest out of town shopping development
in Europe.
..............................................................................................................................................
It is reported to be located in a disused chalk pit at Dartford in Kent.
..............................................................................................................................................

180
It is known to have more than 300 shops and parking space for 13,000 cars.
..............................................................................................................................................
It is supposed to attract 30 million visitors each year.
..............................................................................................................................................

Ex 10. Complete the sentences according to the model. Do you write


shopping lists? Why? Tick your reasons.

A Shopping List

MODEL: Consumers often compile a shopping list of groceries to


purchase on the next visit to the grocery store. It consider/
be the first step in smart food shopping.
It is considered to be the first step in smart food shopping.

 1. Written shopping lists think/reduce significantly average expenditure and shopping time.
...............................................................................................................................
 2. The shopping list suppose/be compiled as shopping needs arise throughout the week.
...............................................................................................................................
 3. Some shopping carts report/have a small clipboard to fit shopping lists on.
...............................................................................................................................
 4. Home computers know/have a special program for printing customer’s own list so that
items are simply checked off instead of written down.
...............................................................................................................................
 5. Approximately 40% of grocery shoppers believe/use shopping lists.
.........................................................
.........................................................
 6. 80% of the items listed know/be
MEMORY BOX

SMART SHOPPING
7
purchased. shopping list – список покупок
......................................................... overbuying – излишние покупки
......................................................... perishables – скоропортящиеся
 7. Using of shopping lists believe/impact продукты
shopping behaviour. price (at a price) – цена (по цене)
............................................................... price difference (between) – отли-
чия в цене
...............................................................
charge high prices – назначать вы-
сокие цены
low prices – низкие цены
So, with a shopping list we can average price – средняя цена

! make certain we get everything


we need, avoid overbuying and
impulse purchase.
advertise – рекламировать
advertisement/advert/ad – реклама

181
Ex 11. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

Typical Opening Times

1. Предполагается, что в воскресенье все магазины в Европе закрыты. Но сегодня это нe


так: воскресная торговля становится очень популярной.
........................................................................................................................................
2. Сегодня, как известно, большинство магазинов в Англии открыты 6–7 дней в неделю.
........................................................................................................................................
3. Сообщают, что большие супермаркеты работают 24 часа.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Предполагается, что в праздничные дни магазины закрыты. Но некоторые ларьки и
киоски получают разрешение торговать в это время.
........................................................................................................................................
5. Известно, что большинство покупок делается в выходные дни.
........................................................................................................................................
6. Считается, что лучше всего делать покупки в период перед Рождественскими или
Пасхальными праздниками. Многие товары выставляются на распродажу.
........................................................................................................................................
7. Говорят, что некоторые магазины в сельских районах Англии всё ещё следуют старой
традиции: по средам они закрываются в полдень.
........................................................................................................................................

8
Listening
Dora and her Mum are going shopping. They are
discussing what they need to buy.
I. Listen to their conversation twice and tick the shops
they are going to visit.
II. Listen to the dialogue again and fill in the second
column of the chart with the items they are going to
buy in these shops.

SHOPS THINGS TO BUY


 butcher’s .........................................
 fruiterer’s .........................................
 tobacconist’s .........................................
 greengrocer’s .........................................
 off-licence .........................................
 florist’s .........................................
 fishmonger’s .........................................

182
SHOPS THINGS TO BUY
 supermarket .........................................
 baker’s .........................................
 dairy .........................................
 sweet-shop .........................................

Ex 12. Mr Smiles – the shopkeeper – is talking to his Grammar


shop assistant, Ms Young. Use the suggested words to
make sentences according to the model.
THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
MODEL: Weigh/ the carrots/ for Mrs Swallow ? She is
have + Participle II
waiting.
Ms Young, have you weighed the carrots for It denotes a completed action whose
Mrs Swallow? result is visible in the present.
The only thing that matters here is
the result: the time the action took
1. I wonder, / the Nordfolk farm / deliver/ the fresh place is of no importance.
produce, Ms Young.  – What is there in the box?
............................................................................. – They have delivered the wine
............................................................................. on your order.
2. They / deliver / the tomatoes and cucumbers/already The Present Perfect Tense is
frequently used with the adverbs:
/ not deliver / the lettuce/ yet.
just, already, yet, lately, recently,
............................................................................. ever, never.
.............................................................................  We can start making dinner,
3. Everything looks perfect. You / display the goods / I’ve already done the shopping.
wonderfully, Ms Young.  I haven’t finished the cooking
yet, the dinner will be ready in
............................................................................. half an hour.
.............................................................................  Have you packed the goods yet,
4. Many people are inquiring for new potatoes. Sell out Mr Simpson?
/ we / the entire stock? NOTE We never use The Present
............................................................................. Perfect in “when”-questions.
.............................................................................  When did you buy it?
5. I / pack / already / Mrs Marshall’s order, Mr Smiles. The Past Simple The Present Perfect
It can be delivered right away. happened
has result now
............................................................................. in the past
is used with the time words:
.............................................................................
last Monday already/yet
6. Thank you, Mrs Marshall. Your husband / pay / for yesterday just
the order / already. five days ago lately/recently
............................................................................. in 2007 ever/never
when he called…
.............................................................................
 Look! I’ve bought a new car
recently.
 I bought the car last month.

183
Ex 13. The Parkers are having a party for some friends
from work on Saturday evening. Barbara has made a
check-list of things to do before the party. Now they are
checking the arrangements. Use the suggested verbs
in the corresponding tense form to complete the
sentences.

1. you / send the invitations?


Have you sent the invitations?
send / all of them / a fortnight ago.
I sent all of them a fortnight ago.
2. you / buy / the chilli sauce? ............................................................................................
you / forget / we / buy it / last week. ................................................................................
3. get / the black olives? ....................................................................................................
I / find a can / in the pantry / before / going shopping. ......................................................
4. the wine merchant / deliver / the wines? ..........................................................................
I / not tell you / he / send the wines / two days ago. ..........................................................
5. Mary / polish the silver? ................................................................................................
I / see / / she / polish it / the other day ............................................................................
6. order fresh flowers?
sorry, Barbara / forget / do / yesterday / no need to worry / call the florist straight away.
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 14. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.
run up  buy in  sell out  fill in  inquire for  stock up

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Purchase a supply of food for some period of time ........................ ........................
2. Accumulate goods available for sale ........................ ........................
3. Retail all one’s stock of something ........................ ........................
4. Make the bill increase ........................ ........................
5. Add what is necessary ........................ ........................
6. Ask for goods in a shop ........................ ........................

Ex 15. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box.
1. ........................ you enough bread for the weekend?
2. We had a stock of these plates, but we ........................ .
3. Make sure to ........................ coal for the winter.

184
4. A shopping list can help us avoid impulse purchases that ........................ our grocery bill.
5. We ........................ the entire stock of flour, I must order some more immediately.
6. He is such a spendthrift, he ........................ an enormous bill at the hotel.
7. Several people ........................ the new catalogue. Have we got any?
8. Sometimes she does some shopping during the week to ........................ a few items needed
that day.
9. There is likely to be a shortage of sugar this year, we’d better ........................ our supplies.

Ex 16. Make up questions to which the

MEMORY BOX
IN A SHOP
following sentences might be the answers. 9
Read the answers first. be in stock – иметься в наличии/
быть в продаже
1. the whole box of pears ...Do I have to be out of stock – не иметься в продаже
cost – стоить
buy the whole box of pears? ... discount (at a discount) – скидка (со
Of course, not! We sell the pears loose. скидкой)
2. new brand of coffee ..................................... stand in a queue – стоять в очереди
................................................................. ? bargain – выгодная покупка
Yes, it’s just come in. You might have seen it brand – торговая марка
advertised on television. It’s a very good sell loose – продавать в развес
coffee. sell by weight/by head – продавать
3. all the tomatoes / the same price .................. на вес/поштучно
weigh (food) – взвешивать
................................................................. ?
pack (goods) – упаковывать
These are a bit cheaper. They are sold at
discount at the moment.
4. do the shopping ............................................................................ ?
I do my stock-up shopping at the supermarket in town.
5. shop for food / the supermarket / not at the local store ........................................................?
I can buy a lot of goods more cheaply there than at my local store.
6. what/buy .................................................................................... ?
Everything from fresh produce and quick-frozen foods to washing powder.
7. why / go / market .................................................................................... ?
I go to the market in search of bargains. The prices there are considerably lower than at the
local grocer’s.

Ex 17. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Моника любит ходить в свой маленький магазин по соседству.
........................................................................................................................................
2. Она запасает продукты на неделю в большом супермаркете в городе, но в течение
недели она иногда ходит в небольшой магазин неподалёку, чтобы пополнить запасы.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................

185
3. Пока она стоит в очереди, она может поговорить с соседями.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Хотя некоторые товары в магазине на углу стоят немного дороже, любые продукты
продаются в развес или поштучно, а не упакованными в пластик.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
5. Правда, это маленький магазин, и иногда чего-то нет (не всё есть) в продаже.
........................................................................................................................................
6. Мистер Смайлз всегда дружелюбно приветствует своих покупателей, взвешивает и
упаковывает товар.
........................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases


– Anything else?
– And what next, please?
– Will that be all?
– Thank you, that will do.
– How much will it come to?
– How much is it?

– Have you got


any canned pine-
apples?

– Sorry, but we’ve sold out.


– We are out of stock
at the moment.

186
– I’d like to have
ready-bottled olive oil. Do
you sell any?
– Yes, we do, but
I’m afraid we’ve sold out
at the moment.

Ex 18. Match the phrases having the same meaning. Draw a line to connect the phrases.
I’m looking for… We sold the last one…


I’m afraid… You could try…
We ran out of… I’m trying to find…
That’s a pity/What a shame.… I’m sorry but…
Why don’t you try…? Oh, dear!

7.2 Quantities and Package

of flowers a loaf of bread


a bunch of grapes/bananas
of parsley a can of Coca-Cola

a bar/a cake of soap


MEMORY BOX

a dozen of eggs – дюжина яиц


a joint of beef half a dozen of rolls – полдюжины
булочек
a ball of wool – клубок шерсти
a spool/a reel of thread – катушка
a bar of chocolate ниток

187
a lump of sugar
a piece of cake
a bottle of milk
a box of сhocolates

a packet
a pot of yoghurt
of cigarettes a jar of jam
a carton of milk
a tin of fish

a tube of toothpaste
a roll of paper
a slice of cheese
a bowl of soup

Ex 19. Find word partnerships. Put the words in the box in the correct column. Sometimes some
variants are possible.

rye bread  yoghurt  sweets  cheese  bananas  olive oil  cigarettes  jam  wine
dill  cake  sardines  fresh juice  matches  daisies  hand cream  toothpaste
biscuits  pickles  lemon  lamb  tuna fish  soap  toilet paper  beer  chocolate
crisps  drops  peanuts  olives  roasted beef  honey  mushroom soup  wallpaper

a bunch of a bottle of a tube of a packet of a jаr of a piece of


............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
a slice of a joint of a loaf of a carton of a can of a tin of
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
a pot of a bar of a roll of a box of a bowl of a kilo of
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

188
Ex 20. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences parts from Russian into English.
– Can I have (1) (две бутылки молока и баночку джема) .................................................... ,
please?
– Here you are. Anything else?
– Yes, (2) (пачку печенья и маленькую коробку конфет) .................................................... ,
please.
– And what next, please?
– (3) (Килограмм сахара) .................................................... , please.
– Is there anything else?
– (4) (Две банки консервированных персиков) .................................................... , please,
and yes, I’d like (5) (два клубничных йогурта и дюжину яиц) .................................................
......................................... , please.
– Will that be all?
– (6) (Пакет стирального порошка (detergent) .................................................... , a small
size, please. How much will it come to?
– That is 20 dollars and 25 cents.

7.3 Shopping Goes “Green”


Ex 21. For questions 1–6 read the text below and decide which answer (a–c) best fits each
space.

Millions of tons of glass, paper, plastic and metal containers are produced,
and these are difficult to dispose of. Most of the packaging is never
recycled and it contributes to the pollution problems of our cities.
However, today more and more consumers are choosing “green”. They
prefer to buy products that are made of recycled materials safe for the
environment.
The consumers often look at the packaging on
every product and ask if the packaging is
MEMORY BOX

THINK GREEN
10
biodegradable, or if the container can be
pollution – загрязнение окружа-
recycled. ющей среды
The concern for a safer and cleaner environment – окружающая среда
environment is making companies rethink how recycle – перерабатывать
they do business. They have to be sure that the biodegradable – разрушающийся в
products they sell are “green”, which means природе
be safe (for) – быть безопасным (для)
friendly to the environment.

189
1. How does the packaging contribute to the pollution problems?
a) Packaging isn’t properly thrown out.
b) The dustbins are not emptied regularly.
c) Glass, metal and plastic containers are difficult to dispose of, they pollute our cities.

2. Why do the consumers often look at packaging?


a) Nowadays consumers buy only beautifully packaged goods.
b) They prefer to buy products in recyclable containers.
c) Plastic containers are healthier.

3. Why do more and more people want to buy products in recyclable containers?
a) Recyclable containers are biodegradable.
b) People want to recycle the containers and get some money back.
c) These products are cheaper.

4. Why are corporations producing more and more “green” products?


a) These products are less expensive to produce.
b) They have to pay higher taxes.
c) More and more consumers want to buy them.

5. What makes companies change the way they make and sell their products?
a) Consumers consider the environmental safety of a product before buying it. 1
b) Natural materials are cheaper. 2
c) Plastic containers are banned.
3
6. What does the title of the text “Shopping Goes Green” mean? 4
a) Customers prefer green colours. 5
b) The products should be healthy and friendly to the environment.
6
c) The production process should be clean.

FOOD LABELLING
Food
!
label is the most useful and
important source of information for the
shopper. Understanding this information
is very important.

190
Ex 22. Match the beginnings and endings of the following instructions on the lables.
It is obligatory for labels on food to include:

1. the true name and a) “use by” date


2. a complete list b) how to prepare the food
3. a date mark and c) the accurate description
4. instructions d) any particular ingredient
5. the name and address e) of ingredients
6. storage f) food additives
7. information about g) instructions

9 78594 96233
8. the amount of h) of the food company

The products called “low calory” must have less than 40 cal per 100 g.

MEMORY BOX
LABEL – этикетка
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11
“use by” date – срок годности
storage – хранение
ingredient – ингредиент (составная
часть)
additives – добавки
preservatives – консерванты

Ex 23. Read the text about genetically modified food.


I. Complete the text. Choose the best phrase from A–G to fill the gaps 1–6. There is one
12 extra phrase that you do not need to use. Listen and check your answers.

A. The big supermarkets E. the consumer should know


B. is not labelled F. The “Friends of the Earth”
C. have banned about 50 products, G. the source of anxiety to many people.
D. the so-called “Frankenstein food”

The government wants to introduce a new law for (1) . In future, shops will pay heavy fines
(штрафы) if GM (genetically modified) food (2) . (3)  welcome the new law. They think that (4) 
whether food contains genetically modified ingredients. (5)  in Britain, like Sainsbury’s and Marks
and Spencer, (6)  including biscuits and tomato puree from their shops.

191
II. Find out what “Frankenstein food” is.

“Frankenstein food” is .............................................................................................................


..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

Ex 24. This time food and nutrition columnist Jo-Clark Heslin helps his readers change their
shopping habits. He has been looking into the ‘green scene’ in London and has found some great
shops to recommend. You’re going to read a passage from his column. Make up questions to
which the sentences or phrases in bold type might be the answers.

Think “Green”

Ethical... fair trade... organic... green... eco... We hear these ..................................................


phrases regularly. ..................................................
Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find “green” ..................................................
products in supermarkets, but now there are hundreds. ..................................................
Some supermarket products carry labels to show that ..................................................
the product is organic. Manufacturing of clean products ..................................................
is the main selling point of some companies. It seems ..................................................
shoppers are much more aware of where their goods ..................................................
come from and how they are made these days. ..................................................
Alara wholefoods shop on Marchmont Street has been ..................................................
around since the late 1970s. Alara sells organic, ..................................................
vegetarian foods, plus organic beauty cosmetics and ..................................................
household products. There is a popular salad bar and hot ..................................................
food takeaway area with a few tables outside. Drop in and ..................................................
make certain! ..................................................

192
7.4 Shopping for Goods
Ex 25. Read the article about the best places to go and things to buy. Match the headings
A–F to the extracts 1–5. There is one extra heading which you do not need to use.

A. The Longest Shopping Street in London. D. The Symbol of British Standards.


B. The Shopping Centre of the World. E. The Big Sales Time Has Come.
C. Incredible Places to Go Shopping in London. F. Welcome to Shopper’s Heaven.

Shop Till You Drop

 1. London has a lot to offer the shopper from large department stores to exclusive
boutiques. There are many areas to go on shopping trips, such as Oxford Street, Covent
Garden, Soho and Knightsbridge. And, of course, London has many street markets to
browse around.
 2. Harrods in Knightsbridge is the world’s most celebrated store. Its name means the best
of British quality. When you visit Harrods with its 300 departments spread over seven
floors you enter a different world. Today 35,000 people visit Harrods every day.
 3. Oxford Street, running West to East, is said to be
the busiest shopping street in Europe with over
300 shops, from leading department stores to
cheap high street fashion shops. It is the place
where most shopping occurs. Here you will find all
the famous British trademarks and chains: John
Lewis, Marks and Spencer, Boots, Littlewoods,
Wallis, Selfridges and many others.
 4. Even with all the attractions and events in New
York, nothing beats a day of shopping at the fine
shops in New York City.
New York is believed to be the consumer capital of
the world. Everything is available here from high
fashion, state-of-the-art electronics to exotic
foods. Whether you have $50,000 or $5, New York
is the place to spend them. “You can shop till you
drop”, as the Americans say.
 5. Don’t miss the chance to go shopping in Paris – a shopper’s paradise with plenty of
large department stores, as well as thousands of delightful small shops, the trendiest
boutiques and fantastic antique shops. Book collectors can find rare books on the
bookstalls, lining the banks of the River Seine. There is always something to suit
everyone’s taste and pocket.

193
Ex 26. Match the kinds of places where you can buy things with their definitions.
1. department store  a small shop selling articles of the latest fashion
MEMORY BOX

2. shopping arcade  a table or a small open-fronted shop, especially outdoors, where goods
are sold
3. boutique  a large shop where many kinds of goods are sold in different departments
4. kiosk  a very big shopping area under one roof
5. mobile shop  a covered passage between two streets with shops on each side, or
a large building with many shops
6. stall  a small open-fronted hut, where newspapers, sweets, etc. are sold
7. shopping mall  a shop in a vehicle, driven from place to place

Ex 27. Study the names of some specialised shops and say in which shop you can buy these
things. Divide the goods into eight groups.

a thread spool/reel  a spade  a wedding ring  a cap  writing paper  a brooch


sportswear  needles  crockery  a hammer  drawing pins  a bracelet
an armchair  gardening tools  glassware  a ballpoint pen  buttons  wine glasses
a bedroom suite  a hat  sport equipment  paper clips  a kitchen table  a screwdriver
MEMORY BOX

haberdasher’s jeweller’s furniture shop milliner’s


................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

stationer’s ironmonger’s sports shop china shop


................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

194
Cecil Court is a small pedestrianised street

MEMORY BOX
SPECIALISED SHOPS
in central London that feels like a step 13
back in time to 100 years ago when the antique shop – антикварный магазин
specialist book trade moved into the area. art shop – магазин «Искусство»
bookshop – книжный магазин
Today, Cecil Court is still synonymous with
newsagent’s – магазин периодических
books but also has maps, prints, art, изданий
antiques and collector's items. record shop – музыкальный магазин
draper’s – магазин тканей
haberdasher’s – галантерейный магазин,
фурнитура
ironmonger’s/hardware shop – магазин
скобяных изделий
ladieswear shop – магазин женской одежды
menswear shop – магазин мужской одежды
chemist’s (AmE: drugstore) – аптека

14
Listening
You’ll hear four mini dialogues in a department store.
I. Listen to the dialogues twice and write what the people are going to buy.
II. Study the layout of a big department store. Listen to the dialogues again and say in which
departments the customers can find the goods they are looking for.

At a Department Store

A DEPARTMENT STORE LAYOUT

5
 Cafe
 Bar
 Restaurant Roof Garden

4 Toys Sports Books Hairs & Beauty Salon

3 Children’s Wear
& Shoes
Lady’s Outer Wear Mother-To-Be Bridal Wear

2 Ladieswear Evening Gowns Lady’s Shoes
 Cafeteria

1
 Menswear Men’s Suits Men’s Shoes
i £
Customer
Services
Photographic
E s c a l a t o rs
E s c a l a t o rs

G Jewellery & Watches Cosmetics Lady’s Accessories


& Stationary Hall & Perfumery
Lifts

Lifts

Lifts

B House & Garden Luggage China


& Glass i £ Sound&
Vision
Lighting

P  PARKING FACILITIES PARKING FACILITIES 
 parking facilities
i information desk
 men’s toilets
 cafe
 restaurant


£ cash point machine
 women’s toilets
 bar

195
Some Useful Phrases
– Hello, could I help you with anything?
– Would you like some assistance?
– Are you being served/attended to?

– Yes, please. I’d like to look


at those dresses.
– Yes, please. I’m looking for a
woollen skirt.
– No, I’m after a size 38 T-short in
black.
– No, I’m trying to find a pair of
blue trousers, size 42.
MEMORY BOX

shop-window – витрина
window-shopping – разглядывать витрины
show-case – витрина-прилавок
counter – прилавок
bargain – выгодная покупка
bargain-hunter – любитель выгодных покупок
spendthrift – мот, транжир(-ка)
go on spending/shopping spree – транжирить
деньги

– Could you help me, please?


– Would you assist me, please?
– Can you advise me, please?

– What can I do for you?


– Yes, how can I help you?
– Yes, what would you like?

196
– How much is the bag?
– How much does it cost? – Let me see.
– What’s the price of this coat? That’ll be £34.60.
– Does the price include the tax? – It costs £5.
– It is £7.25.
–Yes, it’s £53 including
tax.

– May I pay by credit


card?

– I’m sorry but we


take cash only.

Ex 28. Make these sentences more polite.


I want to try it on. ................................................................................................................
Where is the shampoo? ......................................................................................................
I want to pay by credit card. ..................................................................................................
How much is this? ..............................................................................................................
Give me a smaller one to try on. ..........................................................................................
Where are the fitting rooms? ................................................................................................

197
Ex 29. Read the dialogues. Add the missing words or phrases from the Memory Box.
1

ë
– This shirt is nice. £ = pound(s)
– It’s 100% cotton and it’s a (1)........................ .
£25.63 = twenty – five (pounds)
– How much is it? sixty three
(2)
– ........................ £13.50.
– Wow, that’s (3) ........................ !

MEMORY BOX
– Excuse me, how much does a CD player THE COST OF A PURCHASE 15
(4) cost – стоить
........................ ?
– The (5) ........................ was £35. pay – платить
– Are you selling it (6) ........................ then? pay by credit card – платить по бан-
ковской карточке
– Yes, the (7) ........................ is only £25.
accept (all major) credit cards – при-
– That’s fine. I’ll take it. Where do I pay?
нимать кредитные карточки
– Right over there, at the cash desk, please. take cash only – оплата только налич-
– Thank you. ными
сhange – (v) менять, (n) сдача
3 (small) change – мелочь
– How would you like to pay, sir? cheap – дешёвый
– By (8) ........................ , if that’s okay. expensive – дорогой
– Yes, that’s fine. We (9) ........................ cards. price (at a price) – цена (по цене)
the price per item – цена за один пред-
If you could just sign here, please. Okay. This
мет
is your copy and here is your receipt. Keep the the original price – исходная цена
receipt, sir, because it’s also your guarantee. lower the price by 10% – снизить цену
– Oh, okay…hm, how long is it guaranteed for? на 10%
– Two years, parts and labour. sell goods 30% below the original
– Right. Thanks then. price – продавать товар на 30% ниже
первоначальной цены
4 have a big sale of/at – большая рас-
продажа … в ...
– Could you advise me, please?
be on sale – выставить на распродажу
– Yes, how can I help you? the discounted price – цена со скидкой
– I’d like a scarf to match my jacket. discount (at a discount) – скидка (со
– We have a lovely choice of fine silk scarves on скидкой)
the ground floor. discount the goods by 25% – снизить
– Are they (10) ........................ as advertised? цену товара на 25%
– Silk scarves are (11) ........................ 50% bargain – выгодная покупка
today. afford smth/to buy smth – позволить
себе что-либо/купить что-либо
– Thank you. I think I can (12) ........................
one of the scarves.

198
Ex 30. Guess the meaning. What do you think the correct explanation for the following words?
Draw a line to connect the parts.

1. markdown
2. bargain
 a. smth that is cheaper or at a lower price than usual
b. some % of the price added to the cost of a purchase
3. sales tax c. a reduction in price of smth

7.5 Dress Your Best

MEMORY BOX
Ex 31. Leaf through the Fashion ready-made clothes
16 ready-to-wear – готовая одежда
Magazine and complete the
off-the-peg
Memory Box with the corresponding chic/smart clothes – элегантная/шикарная
words in italics. Listen and check your одежда
answers. designer clothes – брендовая одежда от ди-
зайнеров
garment/piece/item/

FASHION article of clothing – предмет одежды


.......................... – платье
.......................... – вечерний туалет/платье
dressing gown – халат
skirt – ..........................
.......................... – блузка
Browse our ASK Fashion trousers (slacks,
EXPERT SHARON HAVER! AmE: ..........................) – брюки
(lounge) suit – пиджачный костюм
1.What We Wear to Work? .......................... – пиджак, куртка
.......................... – деловой костюм
Most corporations and firms blazer – ..........................
have strict dress code: even .......................... – рубашка
now many firms expect
women to dress in skirts rather
than trousers, wear strict white
and tailored blouses, and
matching shoes.

For men it is somewhat easier:


• See that you own at least two • This winter introduces a v-neck
blazers and one business suit in pullover in your wardrobe. Go for
blue or grey. something that suits most of your shirts.

199
MEMORY BOX
dinner jacket – смокинг
coat – пальто, пиджак
2. Want to look stylish but casual at the tailcoat – фрак
same time? waist coat – мужская жилетка
Well, here are some tips that will make it fur coat – шуба
happen: raincoat – плащ
1. wear short flowing mini sweatshirt – толстовка
dresses with leggings and tracksuit – тренировочный костюм
ballerina slippers or flat anorak/parka – куртка с капюшоном
boots. cagoule – ветровка, штормовка
.......................... – свитер
2. The quickest way to go pullover – ..........................
from boring to brilliant .......................... – шляпа
beret – ..........................
after 40 is to add a wide
belt – ..........................
belt to your casual weekend outfit.

3. Own a cashmere sweater or jacket that add


chic and style to a very casual look.

4. Top it off with a hat or a French beret that adds


a touch of class, too.

Evening gown/dress, cocktail dress, prom dress.

Ex 32. Put the missing words where necessary.


1. How much did you pay for ......................... jeans? – Oh, ......................... were very expensive!
2. The shorts ......................... not fit me at all! 3. ......................... tights ......................... quite
new. Why don’t you want to put ......................... on? 4. When she visits the Underwear
department, she can’t find a thing: the briefs and bras ......................... old-fashioned, and the
tights ......................... awful. 5. It’s very cold there, I’ve packed your long johns, you’ll be happy
to have ......................... there, in the mountains. 6. I’m looking for ......................... warm
pyjamas and ......................... of panties. – I’m awfully sorry, Madam, we had a stock of
......................... pyjamas but we’ve sold out. The goods ......................... to arrive tomorrow

200
morning. 7. Your clothes ......................... all wet. – It’s
raining cats and dogs outside. 8. She looked awful. She
was wearing a green dress, and her leggings
Grammar
......................... red. 9. There ......................... not
enough money in the bank to pay for the furniture suite,
I’m afraid. THE CATEGORY OF NUMBER.
SPECIAL CASES
Nouns denoting the things which
consist of two or more parts are used
MEMORY BOX

UNDERWEAR – нижнее бельё only in the plural: trousers, slacks,


17
lingerie – дамское бельё pants, etc.
We can also say: a pair of pyjamas/
slip – комбинация, нижняя юбка
pants.
knickers/panties – женские трусы
 The trousers are too long.
briefs – мужские или женские трусы
Such slacks were in fashion
underpants – мужские короткие трусы some years ago.
shorts – шорты, мужские трусы
boxer shorts – мужские удлинённые трусы NOTE socks – a sock, shoes – a
shoe, gloves – a glove, etc.
swim/swimming trunks – мужские трусы
для плавания  She couldn’t go out without her
gloves – one glove was missing.
swimming costume – купальник
vest – майка Remember the words which are used
pyjamas – пижама in the plural in English whereas they
are singular in Russian: goods –
long johns – тёплое нижнее мужское бельё
товар, clothes – одежда.
под брюки The nouns money and news are
hosiery – чулочно-носочные изделия plural in Russia but they are
tights (Am: pantyhose) – колготки singular in English.
leggings – леггинсы, лосины  These goods have arrived from
socks – носки France.
stockings – чулки  The papers were very dull, the
knee-high stockings – гольфы (жен.) news was local and stale.
knee-length socks – гольфы (муж.)  There is not enough money in
my account to buy this
furniture suite.

WHAT ARE THEY LIKE? WHAT DO THEY LOOK LIKE?


Ex 33. Match the words and expressions to the category.
Category: А. fashionable В. pleasant С. seasonable

1.  stylish 2.  comfortable 3.  elegant 4.  winter wear 5.  all the vogue


6.  summer stock 7.  warm 8.  chic 9.  cosy 10.  trendy
11.  smart 12.  autumn supplies

201
Ex 34. Find pairs of opposites in this list and put them in the Memory Box. Think of their
18
Russian equivalents. Listen and check your answers.

fashionable  of bad quality  light  evening  old fashioned


drab  warm  ready-to-wear  casual  original
made to measure  of good quality
MEMORY BOX

lovely – dowdy привлекательный – непривлекательный


.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................

19
Ex 35. Make two dialogues with the questions and answers on the left. Listen to the
dialogues and check your answers.

A: Where did you buy those shoes?


Well, yes, it was. B: ............................................................................
In Paris. Do you like it? A: Yes, they look very comfortable.
Were they very expensive? B: Mn, they are.
In London. Do you like them? A: ............................................................................
Yes, it looks lovely. B: ............................................................................
Um, was it very expensive?
Yes, they look very comfortable. A: Where did you get this hat?
No, not really. B: ............................................................................
A: ............................................................................
B: Thank you.
A: ............................................................................
B: ............................................................................

202
20
Ex 36. Look at the illustrations. Match the pictures to the texts below. There are some
words missing in the Memory Box. Add them. Listen and check your answers.

1.

4.

7.
3. 
 5.
2.
  6.

MEMORY BOX

TEXTILES – ткани
a) This cambric dotted blouse looks lovely. satin – атлас
b) The woollen checked skirt looks warm silk – шёлк
and nice. cambric – батист
c) This calico flowered summer dress velvet – бархат
looks really nice. corduroy – вельвет
d) The striped T-shirt looks very cotton – хлопчатобумажная ткань
comfortable. print (AmE: calico) – ситец
e) The pure woollen pinstriped suit looks old- linen – лен
denim – джинсовая ткань
fashioned.
pure wool cloth – чистошерстяная ткань
f) The corduroy trousers look very smart. tweed – твид
g) This plain satin evening dress is chic. pattern – рисунок (на ткани)
............................ – однотонный
dotted/polka-dot/spotted – в горошек
............................ – в клетку
– Yes, this is a nice flowered/flowery/floral – в цветочек
blouse. Have you got it striped – в полоску
in blue? ............................ – в тонкую полоску
– I’m sorry, we haven’t, but colourful/bright – яркий
we’ve got it in red. background (on a red background) – фон
– That’s OK. Have you got (на красном фоне)
it in size 14?
– Yes, of course.

203
Ex 37. Read the advertisement. Fill in the missing words from the Memory Box. Some variants
are possible.

THE ClOSING WAREHOUSE


25 KING STREET
Closing down sale!
Great bargains!
Last week!
25% off all ...waterproof... raincoats!
(1)
.................. woollen jackets!
(2)
.................. nylon shirts!
(3)

MEMORY BOX
.................. trousers! THEY WEAR WELL
(4) 21
.................. curtains!
(5)
.................. boots! shrink-proof/unshrinkable – не дающий
усадку, безусадочный
Tops from £1.99 fade-proof – не теряющий цвет
T-shorts $ 3 for 2 waterproof – водонепроницаемый
Men’s shirts only £6.00 drip-dry – (adj) не требующий глаженья;
2 for £10.00 (v) сушить на вешалке не выжимая
Great prices on coats, boots, shoes, etc. crease-resistant – немнущийся
wear well – хорошо носится
EVERYTHING MUST GO!!! durable – «ноский», прочный

Grammar THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE


We use the tense when we want to emphasise that something has been in progress throughout the period
or has just finished. It is rendered in Russian by the Present.
1. It denotes an action which began in the past and is still going on. It is usually used with conjunctions
since and for.
SINCE + a date, event, etc in the past:  since 1998,  since summer,  since we last met.
FOR + a period of time:  for 5 days,  for a year.
 The English woollen cloth is really durable. My mother has been wearing this coat for 10 years.
2. It can also denote an action which was recently in progress but is no longer going on at the present
moment. We can often see the traces of the action. It is rendered in Russian by the Past.
 I see you’ve been eating blueberries. There are stains all over your new T-shirt and they are so
difficult to remove.

THE PRESENT PERFECT THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS


Denotes a completed action, The action is not completed, it is still going on
a result. Has just been finished.
 Look, I’ve bought this extra part at last. I’ve been trying to find it for a month.
(= I’ve done it) ( = the action has just been finished).

204
Ex 38. Write what has been going on before the event described. Use the suggested verbs in
the correct form to complete the sentences.

1. At last I (find) have found the necklace to match my new dress. I (look for / months)
I’ve been looking for it for months.
2. Thanks a lot, mom, you (take in) .................................... the trousers. I (wait / for you to do it
/ Sunday) ........................................................................ .
3. God, I’m tired. I (try to buy ) .................................... a sofa on the Internet and I (buy it)
.................................... . Would you like to have a look?
4. Where were you? I (call you / the whole morning) ..................................... – I (do the
shopping) .................................... for the dinner party on Saturday, and I (buy)
.................................... everything I need.
5. The tent is waterproof. It (rain / all night) .................................... but it isn’t wet at all. I (check)
.................................... .
6. Look, this material doesn’t crease. I (sit on the plane / 10 hours) .................................... and
the trousers won’t crease. I (not press) .................................... them.
7. The material is fade-proof. My swimsuit (not fade) .................................... though I (lie in
the sun) .................................... all week long.

DOES IT FIT ME?


22
Ex 39. Listen to the dialogue. Underline all the phrases dealing with the size of the items
discussed.
MEMORY BOX

take size 7 in gloves – носить перчатки 7 раз-


– Can I help you?
мера
– Yes, I’m looking for a jacket to take size 40 collar – носить рубашки 40 раз-
match these trousers. мера
– We have very good jackets of the wear 37 size shoes – носить обувь 37 размера
latest fashion. Let me show you. be dress size 38 – носить платье 38 размера
– That one is OK. Have you got it in a size smaller/bigger – на размер меньше/
size 10? больше
– Here you are. a size too big – на размер больше (чем надо)
tight – узкий тесный
– Thank you. Where are the fitting rooms,
loose – свободный
please? be narrow/wide at the waist/in the shoulders –
– This way, please. On the left of the cash узкий/ широкий в талии/плечах
desk. go well with – сочетаться, гармонировать
– I’ve tried it on but the jacket is a size too
big. Have you got any smaller ones?
– What size is it?
– It’s medium.
– I’m afraid we’ve sold out all the smaller ones.

205
Ex 40. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Какого размера шляпы ты носишь?
......................................................................................................................................
2. Дайте мне, пожалуйста, другую футболку, на два размера больше. Я люблю свободные
футболки.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Мне нравится этот жакет, но он на размер больше, чем нужно.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Какого размера рубашки ты носишь?
......................................................................................................................................
5. Как жаль, ботинки слишком тесны. У вас есть такие ботинки на два размера больше?
......................................................................................................................................
6. Извините, есть ли такие жилетки больших размеров?
......................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases


– It isn’t flattering.
– It’s not your colour, I’m
– It looks good on you.
afraid.
– The cut is perfect!
– It looks baggy on you.
– You look great in this
suit!

– Have you got these


jeans in black?
– What size are you?
– 28 waist and 30 leg.
– Can I help you? – I'm sorry. We have only
– Yes, I'd like this T-shirt 30 or 32 waist.
in large.
– Sorry. We've only got
it in small.

206
Ex 41. Match the phrasal verbs to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.
wear out  try on  take in  dress up  let out  take up

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Make clothes narrower .............................. ............................
2. Make clothes shorter .............................. ............................
3. Become or make smth old and unusable .............................. ............................
4. Make a garment looser, larger .............................. ............................
5. Put on fancy, unusual or more formal clothes .............................. ............................
6. Put on clothes to see if they fit .............................. ............................

Ex 42. Complete the sentences with correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. I’ve bought a new dress but I .................. it .................. yet. 2. It’s just a small party so you
don’t have to .................. . 3. My shoes are beginning .................. . 4. I lost a lot of weight, I had
to .................. all my clothes .................. . 5. She .................. a new hat. It matched the suit
marvellously. 6. He is getting so fat that his trousers need to be .................. round the waist.
7. We have been travelling so long that we .................. our suitcases. 8. These jeans are too long,
I will .................. them .................. for you. 9. He .................. as a pirate for the party.

Ex 43. Match the verbs in column A with their meaning in column B. Think of the Russian
equivalents for the words in column A.
MEMORY BOX

A B
1. fit  look well/make you look attractive .................................
2. match  be the right size .................................
3. suit  one item goes with another/two things
look attractive together .................................

Ex 44. Fill in the right word from the Memory Box.


1. This coat doesn’t ....................... me, I need a size smaller.
2. Does this hat ....................... me? – You look just lovely!
3. You look so nicely in this dress. – But I thought it ....................... me.
4. She was wearing a brown dress and a hat and gloves to ....................... .
5. I can’t find here a single pair of shoes that ....................... well.

207
Ex 45. These sentence parts are from some dialogues in a shop. Put he matching halves
together, so that they make sentences.

I’m just I’d like to help you


to try it on?
Have you got
for size 12 anything in black?
Would you
Can I I’m looking look at some earrings
looking

Would you like like to pay?

1. Shop assistant: ... Can I help you? ...


Customer: ....................................................................................................................
2. Customer: ....................................................................................................................
Shop assistant: ............................................................................................................
3. Customer: ....................................................................................................................
Shop assistant: ............................................................................................................
Customer: ....................................................................................................................

Ex 46. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Брюки сидят на тебе прекрасно.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Мне нужен галстук к этому костюму. Этот полосатый галстук очень подойдёт.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Эта блузка тебе очень идёт.
......................................................................................................................................
4. В этом вечернем платье ты выглядишь просто красавицей.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Этот оттенок зелёного очень подходит к цвету твоих глаз.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Боюсь, эти туфли не подойдут к этому платью.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Я думаю, этот цвет мне не идёт. Я слишком бледная, чтобы носить кремовый.
......................................................................................................................................

Ex 47. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences parts in


brackets and phrases from Russian into English.

– Can I help you?


– Yes, what have you got in (1) (кожаные зимние сапоги)
................................................... ?

208
– I can suggest you this model. What size shoes do you wear?
(2)
– Я ношу 37 размер обуви. ................................................... .
(3)
– Не хотите ли померить эти
чёрные кожаные ботинки на

MEMORY BOX
FOOTWEAR
шнуровке? .................................. shoes of every pattern – обувь всех
23

................................................. ? фасонов
– Thank you. What a pity, they are pattern – модельные
(4)
(слишком тесные) ................... pumps – «лодочки»
......................... . Could you show leather – кожаные
me another pair, please? suede – замшевые
– Yes, certainly. Here you are. (5) Это leather-soled – на кожаной подошве
также кожаные ботинки на толстой thick-soled – на толстой подошве
подошве. .......................................... crepe-soled – на каучуковой подошве
....................................................... . flat-heeled – без каблука
– What make are they? low-heeled – на низком каблуке
– Let me see. It’s ECCO. They are high-heeled – на высоком каблуке
(6)
(очень надёжные и хорошо но- boots – ботинки
сятся) ............................................... high boots – сапоги
....................................................... . lace/laced – шнурок/на шнурках
slippers – комнатные туфли
sandals – босоножки
wellingtons – резиновые сапоги

Ex 48. You are in a department store. Decide what to say and have the conversation.
SHOP ASSISTANT CUSTOMER
hello / help you? try / dress on ................................................
what size and colour / like medium / blue ................................................
fitting rooms / over there thank you ................................................
look good? a bit big / smaller ................................................
this one / better? yes, fit prfectly / how much? ................................................
£35.99 take it ................................................
how / pay? credit card ................................................
yes / here / receipt / shopping bag? thanks ................................................
thank / bye ................................................

Ex 49. Fill in the prepositions where necessary.


1. This coat is too long ................... you. 2. These pants are too narrow ................... the waist.
They have to be let ................... a bit. 3. The jacket is too wide ................... the shoulders. It
needs taking ................... . 4. It’s a nice costume. Why don’t you try it ................... ? 5. That’s a
very fine dress. What is it made ................... ? 6. What size ................... hats do you usually take?

209
7. I’m afraid these shoes don’t go well ................... your new dress. 8. Do you have such a blouse
................... size 8? 9. Can I have a look ................... that striped shirt? My husband takes size
41 ................... collar. – Certainly, the shirt is ................... very good quality. 10. Do you have
any sweaters ................... white? – Terribly sorry, this model comes only ................... purple and
grey. 11. If you want to try it ................... , the fitting rooms are ................... there, ...................
the left. 12. How long are you open ................... Saturdays? 13. Black is ................... fashion
this winter. 14. Do you have any other boots ................... these but ................... leather soles?

Ex 50. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. – Это пальто сидит на тебе прекрасно. Это твой стиль.
......................................................................................................................................
2. – Это чистая шерсть? – Да. – Тогда я беру эту юбку.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
3. – К этому пальто нужны сапоги. Скажите, пожалуйста, где обувной отдел?
– На первом этаже справа.
– Спасибо.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
4. – Чем могу помочь? – Спасибо, я просто смотрю.
......................................................................................................................................
5. – Мне нужны туфли на высоком каблуке к вечернему платью.
– Какого размера туфли вы носите?
– 37.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
6. – Примерьте, пожалуйста, вот эти замшевые лодочки.
– Смотрятся великолепно, но боюсь, они мне немного жмут (тесны).
– А вот эти?
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
7. – Я хочу вернуть эту блузку.
– Что-нибудь не так?
– Когда я её примеряла, мне показалось, что она мне к лицу, но дома поняла – цвет не
мой.
– Если вам нравится фасон, Вы можете просто обменять её на блузку того цвета,
который вам по душе.

210
– Тогда я бы взяла голубую вместо этой.
– Отлично, у нас такие есть. Вы сохранили чек?
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases – Excuse me, I bought this


shirt for my husband yesterday
Reclamation and it is too big.
– Is it possible to change it?
– I bought this mobile phone two
– Can I see your receipt? days ago and it rings too softly.
– Certainly, you can change I can’t hear it ring.
it within a month. – I bought this mixer a week ago
– Let me have a look. Oh, and it doesn’t close properly.
you’re right. I’m sorry, you’ll I’m afraid it doesn’t work.
get a new one right away.

7.6 The Changing Face of Shopping

Ex 51. Read the three texts and answer the question. Match the headings A–D to the extracts
1–3. There is one extra heading you don’t need to use.

A. Caring Hearts C. Buy by Mail-Order


B. Online Shopping D. We Are There for You Wherever You Are

 1. E-store, Internet shop, Webshop – those are the words you hear more and more often.
You don’t have to talk to annoying salespeople, and you don’t even have to leave home.

211
Five years ago Dave Stirling had an

MEMORY BOX
idea to sell CDs over the Internet. He do the shopping on line/buy over
the Internet – делать покупки по
started the business from his home.
Интернету
Now he sells 500.000 CDs a year
buy by mail-order – заказы почтой
and it has made him into millionaire.
order goods from a catalogue –
“I could see right away that it was the
заказывать по каталогу
future of the shopping. Why should
pay on delivery – оплата при доставке
you pay $15 for a CD – and spend time
second-hand shop – магазин по-
and money getting to the store, parking держанных вещей
your car – whereas clicking on your
computer, you can have the same CD
brought to your door for half the cost? And, of course, there is the choice – we promise
to find any CD and deliver it within 72 hours.” According to Stirling, this is only the
beginning. “I believe that one day we’ll do all our shopping over the Net. It’s easier,
quicker and cheaper. Shops and supermarkets will soon be the thing of the past.

 2. International Flowers has flower arrangements to suit everybody at all prices. It has
branches all over Europe.
Your flowers will be there the next day you call us. Whether it’s birthdays, weddings, or
even the sad times, we are there to make it easy.
We also make paying easy, too. We accept all major credit cards. For larger items, our
monthly payment scheme is very flexible.

 3. We raise money for the homeless. We hope you’ll find time to visit us. As well as our
range of second-hand goods, we have new, quality products made by the homeless
people themselves.
We also need your donations, so think about us before you throw something away.
Donate the things you don’t need and put your second-hand goods into circulation.
(from “Reading and Writing” by Malcolm Mann, Steve Taylore)

What do these three types of selling goods have in common? ......................................................


...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
HEALTH and ILLNESS 8
Health is better than wealth.
Здоровье – лучшее богатство.
Prevention is better than cure.
Лучше предотвратить болезнь, чем лечить.
(Proverbs)

8.1 The Resource for Everyday Life


Ex 1. Read the text. Match the headings A–D
MEMORY BOX

MEDICINE
to extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading you 1
do not need to use. health – здоровье
health care – здравоохранение
prevent (prevention) – предотвращать
A. The Structure of Health Care “Industry”.
(предотвращение)
B. People Help People. treat (treatment) – лечить (лечение)
C. The Resource for Everyday Life. diagnose (diagnosis) – ставить диагноз
D. Health Care Objectives (цели). (диагноз)
chemist’s/pharmacy – аптека
Health Care chemist/pharmacist – аптекарь, фар-
мацевт
 1. Is there anything more important than nursing – уход за больными
physician – врач (терапевт)
health? It is the resource for everyday general practitioner/GP – терапевт,
life. The World Health Organisation участковый врач
defined health as "a state of complete surgeon – хирург
physical, mental and social well-being dentist – стоматолог, зубной врач
and not merely the absence of disease”. nurse – медсестра
ruin one’s health – разрушать здоровье
Human health has been the centre of
scientists’ attention since ancient times.

213
 2. Health care is the prevention, treatment and management of illness. Our health is taken
care of by professionals in medicine, dentistry, nursing, and pharmacy. Combining
medical technology and the human touch, it diagnoses, treats and nurses people
around the clock, responding to the needs of millions – from newborns to the terminally
ill.
 3. Nowadays health care has grown into an “industry”. About 76 percent of health care
establishments are offices of physicians, dentists or other health practitioners. Although
hospitals constitute only 1 percent of all healthcare establishments, they employ 35
percent of all the people working in medicine.

2 8.2 Human Body


head arm

neck
back chest
waist
hip
thigh
shoulder
stomach
elbow
knee

calf

LIMBS
shin sole
foot

hand palm wrist


ankle
heel

fingers
toes thumb (finger) nail

214
Ex 2. The text below contains the names of ten parts of the body. Look at the photos. Can you
fill in the spaces with the correct names for the parts of the body?

Always Stretch After a Workout (тренировка)


1. Lie on your (1) ........................ . Bend the knees;
put your (2) ........................ around the knees and
pull them to the chest.

2. Lie on your back. Bend your right knee with the


(3)
........................ on the floor. Put your hands around
the (4) ........................ , pull it to the (5) .........................
Repeat on the other leg.

3. Sit with one (6) ........................ facing away from you and
the (7) ........................ linked. The (8) ........................ is
not bent. Put the other arm up and stretch it above
your (9) ........................ . Try to keep your back and
(10)
........................ straight.

8.3 How Are You Today?


HOW TO BE HEALTHY AND HAPPY
Many people today look for good health and longevity

! through books, diets or exercise. Achieving good health is


easier than you think. When should you start?
If you are young, remember “The earlier the better”.
If you are old, remind yourself “Better late than never”.

Ex 3. Here are seven common sensible ways to achieve vibrant health. Match the steps you
should take and real advantages you will gain.

1. More Fresh Air and Sunshine: a) A regular exercise programme can do wonders
to our physical condition. Exercise will improve
the efficiency of our heart and lungs.
2. Plenty of Nutritious Food and Water: b) Cleanliness is next to godliness. Poor sanitation
and hygiene cause diseases.

215
3. Regular Exercise: c) Spend more time outdoor to breathe fresh air
and take in sunshine. Your colour and your
energy level will improve.
4. Observe Cleanliness and Dress: d) The rule for good food is – go natural, select
fresh ingredients. Cook your meals yourself.
5. Adequate Sleep and Rest: e) Negative thinking produces stress. Stress can
foster all sorts of illnesses.
6. Be Safety Conscious: f) Our bodies need time to rest in order to repair
cells and tissues, to restore our energy levels.
7. Have a Positive Mental Attitude: g) Accidents at home, on the road, on the job are
due to carelessness and disregard for safety
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 regulations. Most of the accidents could have
been avoided. Being safety conscious prolongs
your life!
MEMORY BOX

healthy – здоровый
be well/fine – хорошо себя чувствовать
be in good health – быть здоровым
be fit/in good shape – быть в хорошей форме
not feel well – плохо себя чувствовать
be/feel ill (with) – болеть
be in poor health – иметь плохое здоровье
be in bad/poor shape – быть в плохой форме

Grammar USE OF THE GERUND


Verb + -ing
Some common verbs, verbs and word combinations with prepositions,
used to talk about health and illness, are followed by the Gerund
1. some common 2. some phrasal verbs: 3. some word 4. some prepositions:
verbs: keep on, give up, combinations after, by, before,
avoid, resist, risk, go on, put off, etc. (most of them with instead of, in spite of,
practise, etc.  He gave up prepositions): without, etc.
 You should avoid smoking five years can’t stand, feel like,  She is very strong,
lying in the sun. ago. be keen on, get used to, she can work
look forward to, without stopping
have difficulty (in), for hours.
what about/
how about, etc.
 I’m tired. I’m See also “Use
looking forward of the Gerund”
to having a break. on p. 125.

216
Ex 4. Read the Grammar section above. Use the words given in CAPITALS at the end of each
line to complete the sentences. Fill in the verbs from column A in the appropriate form and the
gerunds after these verbs from column B.

At the Doctor’s

A B
1. Twenty cigarettes a day, Mr Miller?!! I think it would be
better if you stopped smoking altogether. STOP SMOKE
2. And you should also ....................................... too AVOID EAT
much meat.
3. But I ....................................... nothing but salad and BE KEEN ON HAVE
vegetables. And I always ....................................... a LOOK FORWARD TO HAVE
drink when I come home from work.
4. Well, well. ....................................... muesli now and HOW ABOUT EAT
then ....................................... bacon and eggs every INSTEAD OF HAVE
morning?
5. ................................. you ever ................................. THINK OF GET
some exercise?
6. But I ....................................... round a track or CAN’T STAND RUN
....................................... in some crowded pool. SWIM
7. Well, if you go on like this, you might be in
....................................... a heart attack. DANGER OF HAVE
8. Well, perhaps I ....................................... to work in the GIVE UP GO
car. I might ....................................... my old bike GET USED TO RIDE
again. You see, I ....................................... . HAVE DIFFICULTY IN SLEEP
9. And ....................................... those red pills. They’ll KEEP ON TAKE
also help you to relax. See you again on Monday then,
Mr Miller.

217
8.4 Health Problems

3
Ex 5. Сomplete the text by choosing the best phrase from A–F to fill the gaps 1–5. There
is one extra phrase that you do not need to use. Listen to the text and check your answers.

Illness and Disease


What is disease? It is a disorder of human body or mind. It means that the normal structure or
function of the body is damaged or weakened (1) . A disease may be mild or severe, it may last
a brief time or a long time. It may be a common cold or a fatal disease which requires intensive
medical care.
Some diseases are caused by disease-producing microorganisms. These diseases (2)  They are
called infectious or contagious diseases.
Many diseases such as malaria, small pox, scarlet fever, diphtheria have been almost wiped out.
Nevertheless, Europe still faces problems with infectious diseases, (3) . Influenza is a highly
contagious viral disease, (4) .
Since the late 1980s the AIDS epidemic has been a major problem and a high priority for medical
science. Non-communicable diseases such as (5)  prevail in Europe today.

A. which typically occurs as an epidemic


MEMORY BOX

ILLNESSES AND DISEASES


during the cold months. 4
B. Some parts of the body may begin to fall ill (with) – заболеть
function poorly. catch a disease – заразиться
C. many of which pose serious health catch a cold – простудиться, схватить
насморк
risks.
common cold – обычная простуда
D. However, a disease may be present mild case – лёгкий случай
without a person knowing it. appendicitis – аппендицит
E. diabetis, obesity, heart problems, etc. bronchitis – бронхит
F. can spread from person to person. chicken pox – ветрянка
small pox – оспа
hepatitis – гепатит
measles – корь
mumps – свинка
whooping-cough – коклюш
scarlet fever – скарлатина
quinsy – ангина
flu (influenza) – грипп
tuberculosis – туберкулёз
pneumonia – воспаление лёгких
obesity – ожирение
have complications – получить осложнения

218
Ex 6. ILLNESS or DISEASES? Complete the sentences.

ë
Words Easily Confused:
ILLNESS /SICKNESS – DISEAS
1. The business of doctors is to prevent and cure different E
Illness is a state of being ill.
.................. . 2. She was very tired of .................. of her  A serious illness.
children. 3. Measles is a catching .................. . 4. Do you Disease refers to a particular kin
d of
suffer from any chronic .................. ? 5. The children illness with special symptoms
and
were often ill, one .................. after another. 6. Common name.
cold is a mild viral .................. . 7. .................. kept her  Measles, mumps, influenza are
common diseases.
in bed for some days. 8. His .................. prevented him
from going to school. ILLNESS – SICKNESS
The two nouns are used inte
r-
changeably, nevertheless sick
ness
has a more usual and gen
5 eral
meaning, illness is a formal one
.
As sickness can refer specificall
(in)curable – (не)излечимая fatal – опасная y to
nausea alone, illness is sometim
es
used to avoid this implication.
 She felt sickness shortly afte
r
eating this bad fish.
acute – chronic –  This illness can result
ILLNESS хроническая in
острая blindness.
Illness is usually a longer last
ing
episode of poor health, it is also
the
word for all mental disturbance.
minor – лёгкая communicable/  A sickness that kept him in bed
contagious – заразная for two days.
 An illness that caused a litt
le
difficulty in her youth.

Ex 7. Fill in A/AN, THE or ZERO. Translate the phrases


in brackets from Russian into English. Grammar
Here’s Health!

Doctor Grey handed Mrs Grant (1) ........ list of 1. A/AN or ZERO with reference to
prescriptions. (2) ........ list was very long and she almost illness:
a) use a/an with these illnesses:
fainted as she tried to read it. (3) (У неё болела голова, a cold, a headache, a sore
у неё была простуда) .............................................. , throat.
and she felt as if she (4) (у неё начинался/get грипп) b) use or omit a/an with these:
.............................................. . catch (a) cold, have (a/an)
backache/earache/stomach-
On top of this, one of (5) ........ children was in (6) ........ bed ache/toothache.
with (7) (со свинкой) .............................................. . c) no article at all with these
plurals: measles, mumps,
“I’ve prescribed some pills for (8) (повышенное shingles.
давление) .............................................. as well”, d) no articles with these: (high)
Dr Grey said. “How many do I have (9) (принимать – одну blood pressure, flu (short for
influenza), gout, hepatitis.
таблетку в день) .............................................. ?” 

219
“No, one pill with each meal. That is (10) (три таблетки в
день) .............................................. .” 2. The definite article THE is used
with some businesses which are
Mrs Grant thanked (11) ........ doctor and went to (12) ........ regular in towns/cities such as:
local chemist’s. She handed (13) (свой длинный список the doctor(’s), the chemist(’s).
 John is not well. He went to the
предписаний) .............................................. to
doctor(’s).
Mr White – (14) ........ chemist.
Mr White greeted her See also “Use of Articles
cheerfully and glancing at the with the Nouns: School/College,
list, said: “Here is health!” Hospital, Work” on p. 118.

THE INTERNAL ORGANS


brain
MEMORY BOX

DISTURBANCE AND DISORDER


6
internal diseases – внутренние бо-
лезни
lung inborn disturbance – врождённое нару-
heart шение
blindness (blind) – слепота (слепой)
dumbness (dumb) – немота (немой)
liver stomach deafness (deaf) – глухота (глухой)
inherited disease – наследственная
intestine kidney болезнь
disorder – нарушение
liver disorder – расстройство печени
sleep disorder – расстройство сна
attack/bout – приступ
heart attack – сердечный приступ
stroke – инсульт
cancer – рак

220
Ex 8. ACHE or PAIN? Fill in the right word.

ë
Words Easily Confused:
1. I have a steady dull ................. in the right shoulder. ACHES and PAINS
2. I often suffer from kidney ................. . 3. Wet weather (боль)
ACHE means a continuous pain
often makes old people feel ................. in their back. .
PAIN refers to suffering of
the
4. After climbing the mountain, he ................. all over. body. It may be sharp and sudden
or
5. Why are you so pale? – I have a splitting ................. . continuous.
6. It makes my heart ................. when I think of the poor 1. We use ACHE for: head, toot
h,
child (fig.). 7. A dull continuous ................. made him stomach, ear, back, stomach:
 Have a (bad/splitting/pounding)
stop and bend. 8. I overslept because I had terrible headache, toothache, earache,
................. at night. backache, stomachache.
2. PAIN is used for the other par
ts
of the body:
 I have pain in my chest.
7
Ex 9. Fill in the word nets with the words from the 3. The verb HURT means “inj
box. First translate the adjectives and the verbs ure”
(повредить, поранить)
in the box. Listen and check your answers.  She hurt (injured) her leg whe
n
she fell off the ladder.
1. bear ............... , 2. severe ............... , 4. HURT can also mean “giv
e a
3. steady ............... , 4. inflict – доставлять/наносить, terrible pain”.
 I hit my elbow against the doo
5. dull – тупая, 6. suffer from ............... , r
and it really hurts.
7. minor ............... , 8. relieve ............... ,
9. throbbing – пульсирующая, 10. feel ............... ,
11. stabbing – колющая, 12. sharp ............... .

2.

1.

PAIN

PAIN throbbing

inflict

221
8
Common Injuries  INJURIES  Wounds

 a damage to a part of the body 


caused by accidents caused by a weapon
or by getting into a fight

A person can: As a result a person can have:


twist (his ankle,..) – вывихнуть … a bullet/knife wound – пулевое/ножевое ра-
sprain (his wrist,..) – растянуть … нение
break (his leg,..) – сломать … a blue eye – синяк под глазом
burn (his finger,..) – обжечь… broken ribs – сломанные рёбра
cut his (toe,..) – порезать... stitches – швы
hit his (elbow,..) – ушибить …
bruise (his arm,..) – получить ссадину/
поставить синяк ...

Ex 10. Accidents do happen. Can you guess what injury each of these people had?
1. Ann .......................... her finger when peeling potatoes, it was bleeding a bit. 2. Running for a
bus, my sister fell and .......................... her ankle, now the ankle is swollen and she can’t walk.
3. Simon fell off his bike and .......................... his arm. It is in plaster, he can’t use it now. 4. Mother
.......................... her arm when taking a pie out of a hot oven. It is red and it hurts. 5. I
.......................... my thigh, I hit it on the corner of the table. It’s blue and black now. 6. I
.......................... my wrist when trying to start our old grass-mower. I twisted the wrist because it is
so difficult to start. 7. The surgeons are fighting for a policeman’s life. When running after a criminal
he has got a bullet .......................... in the chest. 8. Our son is in hospital, he’s got into a fight and
got beaten. He has got two .......................... ribs and three .......................... for the cuts.

Ex 11. Complete the table with the correct verb forms.


MEMORY BOX

Noun Verb Noun Verb


cut .................. blood ..................
wound .................. bandage ..................
injury .................. bruise ..................
shot .................. treatment ..................

Ex 12. Translate the dialogue from Russian into English.


– Ой! Осторожно, это моя больная (bad) рука.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Что ты имеешь ввиду, больная рука? Что случилось?
.........................................................................................................................................

222
– У меня на руке волдырь (a blister), и это очень больно. Посмотри.
.........................................................................................................................................
– О, ужасно. Как это случилось?
.........................................................................................................................................
– Я прикоснулась (catch on) к дверце духовки, когда готовила обед.
.........................................................................................................................................
– Вот это глупо. Почему ты не пользовалась варежками для духовки (oven gloves)?
.........................................................................................................................................

СOMPLAINTS/SYMPTOMS –
MEMORY BOX

жалобы/симптомы 9

fever – жар, лихорадка


sore – воспалённый
be laid up (with) – находиться на постельном
режиме
be running a high temperature – иметь высокую
температуру
a (bad)cold – (сильно)простудиться
Grammar
a high temperature – высокую темпе-
ратуру
a fever – лихорадить
a runny nose – насморк EXPRESSING CERTAINTY AND
a stuffy/blocked nose – заложенный нос POSSIBILITY
(a bad/severe) cough – (сильный) кашель 1. If we are certain of the facts, we
nausea – тошноту use BE or any FULL VERB in the
have rash – сыпь appropriate form.
(иметь) spots – прыщи  Jane is ill. She is staying in
itch – зуд bed.
a blister – волдырь 2. We use MAY/MIGHT + Infinitive
high blood pressure – высокое кро- to indicate that we are not certain
вяное давление whether something is possible but
a sore throat – больное горло we think it is.
a sore back – испытывать боль в спине There is no important difference
diarrhoea – понос, расстройство же- between may and might in this
лудка meaning (sometimes might
expresses greater uncertainty
constipation – запор than may).
dizziness – головокружение
sneeze – чихать Может быть, возможно
cough – кашлять
May/Might
sweat – потеть +
feel/be sick – испытывать тошноту
vomit – рвота DO BE DOING HAVE DONE
be run down – переутомиться (in general) (now) (in the past)
faint – упасть в обморок  Jane isn’t at school. Jane may
lose consciousness – потерять сознание be ill. She may be sleeping now.
be unconscious – быть без сознания She may have caught a cold.

223
Ex 13. Develop the situation using the prompts in brackets. Express supposition or uncertainty.
1. I have difficulty walking. My ankle hurts. – You (twist your ankle) might have twisted your
ankle.
2. Don’t open both windows in the car. You (catch a cold) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
3. Jane fell off a ladder, she can’t walk, the leg is swollen and it hurts. She (break her
leg)...................................................................................... .
4. The child has a severe cough, he (have a whooping cough) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
5. The bandage is soaked with blood, your leg (bleed) ...............................................
.............................................................. .
6. The man looks funny. It’s hot and he’s wearing a scarf. – He (have a sore throat)
.................................................................................................................................... .
7. If you don’t follow my advice, you (get complications) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
8. Your face is red and you look ill, you (run a high temperature) .................................
.............................................................. .
9. Look at that red spot on my neck, and it’s a bit swollen. You (get bitten by an insect)
.................................................................................................................................... .
10. He died an instant death. He (have a stroke) ............................................................
.............................................................. .

8.5 Diagnosing and Treatment

10
Ex 14. Read and listen to the dialogue. Underline all the
symptoms the patient has got/hasn’t got.

At the Chemist’s

– Hello, have you got anything for diarrhoea? I haven’t got a


prescription, I’m afraid.
– Is it for yourself?
– No, for my wife.
– Does she have any other symptoms? Stomach ache? Nausea?
– She feels a bit sick, but she isn’t vomiting. She thinks it is the fish she ate last night.
– OK. She should take these tablets. She must take two immediately, and then she should take
one every four hours.
– Do they contain aspirin? She is allergic to aspirin.
– No, that won’t be a problem. Here you are. I hope your wife feels better soon.

224
Ex 15. Complete the dialogue. Translate the phrases in brackets.
A Bad Cold
Mother: What’s the matter? (1) (Ты выглядишь больным) .............
.......................................... Your face is flushed, (2) (у тебя,
возможно, температура) ............................................... .
Son: Don’t worry, mom. I’ll be all right in a few hours.
Mother: I hope, so but (3) (я хочу измерить тебе температуру)
........................................... . Oh, it’s thirty eight point three.
(4)
(Я вызову врача) ........................................... .
(5)
Doctor: (На что жалуетесь, мой мальчик?) ........................................................... ?
(6)
Son: (У меня ужасно болит голова и горло, и насморк тоже есть.) ...............................
..................................................... .
Doctor: Now strip to the waist, please. (7) (Так, сыпи нет.) ........................................... . Now,
I’ll sound your lungs. I see nothing serious, (8) (у него просто сильная простуда)
...................................................................... .
(9)
Mother: (Он должен лежать в постели, не так ли?) ......................................................... .
Doctor: By all means, don’t get up before Wednesday. (10) (Вот рецепт) .................................... .
It will keep the fever down.
Mother: Thank you, doctor.

Ex 16. In column B find synonyms or phrases having the same meaning for the words and
phrases in column A.

A B
fall ill be running a high temperature


be laid up with cold in the head
have a fever contagious disease
symptoms go down with
runny nose have aftereffects
have complications stay in bed
catching disease complaints
ë

IPTION and RECIPE


Words Easily Confused: PRESCR
s written direction for making
A PRESCRIPTION is the doctor’
up and use of a medicine.
the doctor will give you a
 If you need some medicine,
pharmacy.
prescription to take to the local
ing some dish.
A RECIPE – directions for prepar
recipe for this fruit cake? It’s delicious!
 Can you give me the

225
11
Listening
You’ll listen to а dialogue in the doctor’s surgery. A patient tells the doctor what bothers him.

I. Listen to the dialogue twice and tick the statements that are true.

 1. The man doesn’t feel well.


 2. The man is sick and he calls an ambulance.
 3. He has got toothache.
 4. The man has a bad headache.
 5. His temperature is 37.8.
 6. The doctor sounds the patient’s lungs.
 7. The doctor says the man has caught a bad cold.
 8. The patient thinks that the fish he ate at dinner last night was bad.
MEMORY BOX

AT THE DOCTOR’S
II. Listen to the dialogue again and
make notes how the doctor examined go to the doctor – пойти к врачу
the patient. consult a doctor – проконсультироваться с
врачом
check/examine – обследовать
1. asked some questions feel one’s pulse – измерить пульс
2. ................................................. take the temperature – измерить температуру
3. ................................................. take one’s blood pressure – измерить кро-
4. ................................................. вяное давление
sound one’s heart/lungs – прослушать сердце/
лёгкие
have an X-ray taken – сделать рентген
What might the doctor ask you? make tests – сделать анализы
operate on – прооперировать
– Do you have write out a prescription – выписать рецепт
health insurance? prescribe a diet – прописать диету
– Are you taking send to hospital – отправить в больницу
any medications? be taken to hospital – поступить/лечь в боль-
– Have you had ницу
any operations? leave hospital выписаться
– Are you allergic be released from hospital из больницы
to anything? write out sick leave – выписать больничный
лист
be on sick leave – быть на больничном
make out a medical certificate – выписать
справку
stay away from (work/school) – не посещать…

226
Ex 17. Report what the doctor said to the patient. Make INDIRECT COMMAND
use of the suggested reporting verbs. AND REQUEST
We report command and request
“Strip to the waist.” (ask) with a suitable verb + to-infinitive.
The doctor asked me to strip to the waist. The reporting verb should match the
“Sit quiet.” (command) intention of the speaker (asking,
ordering, telling, advising, etc).
..................................................................... The most commonly used verbs are:
“Breathe deeply.” (tell) to tell, to command, to order, to ask,
..................................................................... tо advise, to remind, to warn, to
offer, to allow, to forbid, etc.
“Bare your arm.” (order)
 “Take this medicine three
.....................................................................
times a day,” the doctor said.
“Please, lie on your back.” (ask) The doctor told me to take the
..................................................................... medicine three times a day.
“Don’t forget to take the medicine.” (remind)
.....................................................................
“You should be very careful when counting these drops.”
(warn)
.....................................................................
“You should have total bed rest for a week.” (recommend)
.....................................................................
“You must consult a neurologist.” (tell)
.....................................................................

MEDICINES

powders drops
Take on an empty stomach ointment
Take after meals
Rub a little on before
going to bed

mixture tablets/pills painkiller


Take 3 times a day Take every 4 hours For soothing the pain.

227
Ex 18. Translate the dialogues. TREATMENT

MEMORY BOX
12
1 take (a) medicine (for) – принимать лекар-
А: Есть тут поблизости аптека? ство от
relieve/ease/kill pain – снимать боль
...................................................
reduce the temperature – понизить темпе-
................................................... ратуру
В: Да, за углом. .............................. apply a mustard plaster – поставить горчичник
................................................... put a hot-water bottle – приложить грелку
А: У вас есть это лекарство? Вот put on a bandage/dressing – наложить по-
рецепт. ............................................. вязку
......................................................... bandage up a wound – забинтовать рану
put one’s leg in plaster/a (plaster) cast – на-
С: Лекарство будет готово в 5 часов. ложить гипс на ногу
......................................................... remove the bandage – снять повязку
......................................................... give an injection/shot – сделать укол
А: Спасибо. Я смогу забрать лекарство be vaccinated/inoculated/
в 6 часов. Аптека ещё будет immunized against – сделать прививку
открыта? .......................................... syringe – шприц
gargle – полоскать горло
.........................................................
.........................................................
С: Да, конечно. Мы работаем до 7. .......................................................................................
А: Могу я получить моё лекарство? ......................................................................................
С: Одну минуту. Вот, пожалуйста. Принимать 3 раза в день по одной столовой ложке до
еды. Перед употреблением взбалтывать. .......................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
А: Спасибо. .......................................................................................................................

2
A: Чем я могу вам помочь? .................................................................................................
B: Не могли бы вы дать мне что-нибудь от зубной боли? ......................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
A: Я могу порекомендовать вам «Кетанов». Это лучшее средство для снятия зубной боли.
У вас есть рецепт? Это сильнодействующий препарат (a potent drug). ...............................
.....................................................................................
B: К сожалению, нет. Я иду на приём к врачу завтра. У вас
есть другие болеутоляющие препараты? .....................
...........................................................................................
A: Конечно, у нас их множество. «Пенталгин» и «Нурофен»
отпускаются без рецепта врача. ..................................
....................................................................................
B: Хорошо. Дайте мне, пожалуйста, «Нурофен экспресс»,
24 таблетки. .................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................

228
Ex 19. In column B find synonyms or phrases having the same meaning for the words and
phrases in column A.
1
A B 2
1. get better a) vaccinate
3
2. dress a wound b) feel washed out
4
3. shot c) for soothing the pain
4. recover from d) examine 5
5. pain reliever e) bandage 6
6. be run down f) be on the mend 7
7. check g) get over an illness 8
8. inoculate h) undergo a surgery
9
9. be operated on i) injection

Ex 20. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.


1. Он принимает слишком много лекарств.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Она вышла из больницы с забинтованной рукой.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Врач прописал мне пять уколов глюкозы.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Рука уже не болела, повязку сняли через десять дней.
......................................................................................................................................
5. У мальчика был жар, ему сделали укол, чтобы снизить температуру.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Если у вас болит живот, врачи не рекомендуют класть грелку.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Это хорошее лекарство от кашля.
......................................................................................................................................
8. Перед поездкой в Африку вы должны сделать прививки от многих болезней.
......................................................................................................................................
9. У меня болело горло, и доктор сказал мне полоскать горло каждые два часа.
......................................................................................................................................

a syringe

a hot-water bottle

229
Ex 21. Fill the spaces with the right word from the

ë
Words Easily Confused:
box on the right. СURE – TREAT – HEAL – REC
OVER
CURE (smb of) means bring
1. Dr White in Switzerland is wonderful, he back to
health.
............................... me of tuberculosis. 2. He  I can’t believe it! Dr. Riek has
cured
didn’t know how to ............................... this case your old gout, hasn’t he?
TREAT – give medical care to som
of rheumatism. 3. This disease is fatal, it can’t be ebody.
It refers to the process of curing
.
............................... . 4. He was a strong man, his  Who is treating your wife?
She
wounds were ............................... up very quickly. seems to be on the mend.
HEAL – make healthy after wou
5. He was slowly ............................... from his nds of
any kind.
illness. 6. How would you ...............................  The wound was healing very slow
ly.
somebody ill with influenza? 7. My burn would not RECOVER (from) – become well,
get back
............................... whatever medicine I applied. to health.
 When I recover from influen
8. I doubt whether he will be able to za, I’ll
go to the south to recuperate.
............................... from his depressions. 9. Which
doctor is ............................... her for her illness.

Ex 22. Match the phrasal verbs to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.You will
use one phrasal verb twice.

get over  pass off  act on  go down (with)  send for  give up

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS


1. Catch a disease ............................ ............................
2. Do something following the advice of someone ............................ ............................
3. Recover from an illness ............................ ............................
4. Stop doing/eating/using something ............................ ............................
5. Go away ............................ ............................
6. Ask somebody to come ............................ ............................
7. Have certain effect on somebody or something ............................ ............................

Ex 23. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. By the evening his sickness ............................. and he felt better. 2. What are you taking for your
dizziness? – I ............................. my doctor’s advice. 3. The next day he couldn’t get up, he
............................. with flu. 4. She had to ............................. smoking because of her cough in the
morning. 5. You’ll go to school when you ............................. your cold. 6. She was very ill and her
son ............................. .7.The coach was shocked because half the team .............................
a bad cold. 8.He is taking a dangerous drug which ............................. very fast .............................
the central nervous system. 9.You should get back into bed. I ............................. the doctor.

230
Ex 24. Change direct speech into indirect.
1. “Fresh air, sunshine, a blue sea cured me of my depression”, my friend told me.
My friend told me that fresh air, sunshine, a blue sea had cured him of his
depression.
2. “If you follow my advice, you’ll soon be cured of the
disease”, the doctor said.
............................................................................... Grammar
...............................................................................
3. “There is no cure for the disease yet”, the doctor
remarked.
............................................................................... INDIRECT SPEECH.
REPORTED STATEMENT
...............................................................................
4. “I can highly recommend Dr White to you, he cured my Indirect speech is formed according
to the Rule of the Sequence of Tenses
son of scarlet fever two years ago,” Margaret said. which says: if the verb in the
............................................................................... principal clause is in one of the past
............................................................................... tenses, a past tense (or future-in-
5. “I had severe complications after the disease, they the-past) must be used in the
subordinate clause.
took three months to treat,” my friend explained to me.
............................................................................... A useful general rule is:
............................................................................... we move the reported clauses “one
tense back”:
6. “The wound isn’t healed yet”, I thought. “It is a deep
present becomes past,
cut and it is healing slowly”, the doctor explained. past becomes past perfect,
............................................................................... will becomes would.
...............................................................................
When reporting something which
7. “The burn will soon heal up”, the doctor promised. was said a long time ago, other parts
............................................................................... of sentence may have to be changed,
............................................................................... too:
8. “I doubt whether he will be able to recover from his here  there, now  then,
yesterday  the day before,
depressions”, his sister said. tomorrow  the next day.
...............................................................................
Personal pronouns, possessive
.............................................................................. pronouns change according to the
9. “You don’t look well”, my colleague said. meaning of the sentence.
............................................................................... The verbs most commonly used to
.............................................................................. introduce reported statements are:
10. “This medicine doesn’t help me at all”, the patient tell, say, add, notice, remark,
explain, mention, repeat, etc.
complained.
 “Your health is falling”, the
............................................................................... doctor said. The doctor said
.............................................................................. that my health was falling.
 “You’ve ruined your health by
smoking too much”, my wife
remarked. My wife remarked
that I had ruined my health by
smoking.

231
Ex 25. Translate the story. Turn direct speech into indirect speech with all necessary tense
changes.

1. «Я просмотрела результаты ваших анализов», – сказала доктор Лестер.


.........................................................................................................................................
2. «Вы очень поправились», – заметила она.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. «Вы набрали (gain) пять с половиной килограммов за шесть месяцев», – объяснила она.
........................................................................................................................................
4. «Если вы будете продолжать в том же духе, вы сильно поправитесь (get fat)», – пре-
дупредила она меня.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. «Я вынуждена посадить вас на строгую диету (put on a strict diet)», – добавила она.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. «Хорошо, я буду жить на воде и орехах», – сказал я разозлившись.
......................................................................................................................................
7. «Да, вы можете жить на воде, но без орехов», – согласилась доктор Лестер.
......................................................................................................................................

ACCIDENT & EMERGENCY (A&E)


MEMO
In Britain, the emergency room is called A&M (Accident &
Emergency) or CASUALTY/CASUALTY DEPARTMENT.

! To call an ambulance dial 999 in Britain and 911 in the USA.


A good hotel should have members of the staff trained in first aid.
Before travelling abroad, check that you have adequate medical
insurance for the country you are visiting.

Ex 26. Complete the dialogues. Fill in the spaces with appropriate words and phrases
13
from the Memory Box. Listen to the dialogues and check your answers.

1. Asking for Help

– Reception. How can I help you?


– This is Diana Winter in room 102. Could you, please call a doctor? It’s (1)............................ .
– Yes, of course, Mrs Winter. What’s the problem exactly?
– It’s my husband. He’s got chest pain, and he’s having difficulty breathing.
– Right. I’ll call an (2)............................ , Mrs Winter. And meanwhile I’ll send a
(3)
............................ up to your room right away.

232
2. The Casualty Department

MEMORY BOX
take to the hospital – положить в больницу
waiting room – зал ожидания, приёмная
– I’d like you to (1)............................ for (врача)
me, please. Does your daughter have ward – палата
(2)
............................ ? reception – регистратура
– We’re tourists from Germany, actually, fill in a form – заполнить форму
but we do have travel health insurance. medical record/card – история болезни
– All right. In that case, I’m going to need medical insurance – медицинское страхо-
вание
your credit card, Mr Kern.
health insurance – страховка
– But what about my daughter?
accident – несчастный случай
– Don’t worry! We’re going to X-ray her leg. first aid(er) – первая помощь/человек,
If it is broken, we’ll put it in a cast. оказывающий первую помощь
– Will she be able to walk? urgent call – срочный вызов
– She may need (3)............................ for a ambulance – скорая помощь
few weeks. But let’s wait and see what the stretcher – носилки
doctor says first. crutches – костыли

Ex 27. Do the crossword puzzle. Translate the